| //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===// | 
 | // | 
 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
 | // | 
 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
 | // | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // | 
 | //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced | 
 | //  by the C type system. | 
 | // | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | 
 | #include <limits> | 
 | using namespace clang; | 
 | using namespace sema; | 
 |  | 
 | SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, | 
 |                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const { | 
 |   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts, | 
 |                                Context.getTargetInfo()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number. | 
 | /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error. | 
 | static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) { | 
 |   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs(); | 
 |   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (argCount < desiredArgCount) | 
 |     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) | 
 |         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount | 
 |         << call->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Highlight all the excess arguments. | 
 |   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd()); | 
 |      | 
 |   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) | 
 |     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount | 
 |     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer | 
 | /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal. | 
 | static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // First argument should be an integer. | 
 |   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0); | 
 |   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType(); | 
 |   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg) | 
 |       << ValArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Second argument should be a constant string. | 
 |   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg); | 
 |   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg) | 
 |       << StrArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   TheCall->setType(Ty); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the | 
 | /// result type to the corresponding pointer type. | 
 | static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0)); | 
 |   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart()); | 
 |   if (ResultType.isNull()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get()); | 
 |   TheCall->setType(ResultType); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | ExprResult | 
 | Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions. | 
 |   unsigned ICEArguments = 0; | 
 |   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; | 
 |   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments); | 
 |   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None) | 
 |     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors. | 
 |    | 
 |   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose. | 
 |   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) { | 
 |     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's. | 
 |     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue; | 
 |      | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Result; | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo); | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString: | 
 |     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 && | 
 |            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString"); | 
 |     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0))) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__va_start: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector: | 
 |     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall); | 
 |     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since | 
 |     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it. | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type: | 
 |     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true; | 
 |     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: | 
 |     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true; | 
 |     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16: | 
 |     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult); | 
 | #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) | 
 | #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \ | 
 |   case Builtin::BI##ID: \ | 
 |     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID); | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def" | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof: | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete: | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language) | 
 |         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new | 
 |                 ? "__builtin_operator_new" | 
 |                 : "__builtin_operator_delete") | 
 |         << "C++"; | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call, | 
 |     // so ensure that they are declared. | 
 |     DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those | 
 |   // of the arch we are compiling for. | 
 |   if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) { | 
 |     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) { | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::arm: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::armeb: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::thumb: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: | 
 |         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) | 
 |           return ExprError(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::aarch64: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::arm64: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::arm64_be: | 
 |         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) | 
 |           return ExprError(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::mips: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::mipsel: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::mips64: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::mips64el: | 
 |         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) | 
 |           return ExprError(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::x86: | 
 |       case llvm::Triple::x86_64: | 
 |         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) | 
 |           return ExprError(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       default: | 
 |         break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return TheCallResult; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code. | 
 | static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) { | 
 |   NeonTypeFlags Type(t); | 
 |   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad(); | 
 |   switch (Type.getEltType()) { | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8: | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8: | 
 |     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16: | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16: | 
 |     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32: | 
 |     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64: | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64: | 
 |     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128: | 
 |     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16: | 
 |     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); | 
 |     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32: | 
 |     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); | 
 |     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64: | 
 |     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!"); | 
 |     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of | 
 | /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check | 
 | /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics. | 
 | static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) { | 
 |   switch (Flags.getEltType()) { | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8: | 
 |     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16: | 
 |     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32: | 
 |     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64: | 
 |     if (IsInt64Long) | 
 |       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; | 
 |     else | 
 |       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | 
 |                                 : Context.LongLongTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8: | 
 |     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16: | 
 |     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64: | 
 |     return Context.UnsignedLongTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128: | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16: | 
 |     return Context.HalfTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32: | 
 |     return Context.FloatTy; | 
 |   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64: | 
 |     return Context.DoubleTy; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Result; | 
 |   uint64_t mask = 0; | 
 |   unsigned TV = 0; | 
 |   int PtrArgNum = -1; | 
 |   bool HasConstPtr = false; | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 | #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc" | 
 | #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate | 
 |   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit. | 
 |   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1; | 
 |   if (mask) { | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64); | 
 |     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0) | 
 |       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code) | 
 |         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) { | 
 |     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type. | 
 |     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum); | 
 |     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg)) | 
 |       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg); | 
 |     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch(); | 
 |     bool IsPolyUnsigned = | 
 |         Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64 || Arch == llvm::Triple::arm64; | 
 |     bool IsInt64Long = | 
 |         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong; | 
 |     QualType EltTy = | 
 |         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long); | 
 |     if (HasConstPtr) | 
 |       EltTy = EltTy.withConst(); | 
 |     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy); | 
 |     AssignConvertType ConvTy; | 
 |     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); | 
 |     if (RHS.isInvalid()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy, | 
 |                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the | 
 |   // instruction, range check them here. | 
 |   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 | #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc" | 
 | #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, | 
 |                                         unsigned MaxWidth) { | 
 |   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex || | 
 |           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) && | 
 |          "unexpected ARM builtin"); | 
 |   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || | 
 |                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex || | 
 |                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || | 
 |                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex; | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments. | 
 |   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be | 
 |   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type. | 
 |   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit | 
 |   // casts here. | 
 |   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1); | 
 |   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg); | 
 |   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | 
 |   if (!pointerType) { | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) | 
 |       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next | 
 |   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just | 
 |   // what the appropriate type is. | 
 |   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile(); | 
 |   if (IsLdrex) | 
 |     AddrType.addConst(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy. | 
 |   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp; | 
 |   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) { | 
 |     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast; | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers) | 
 |       << PointerArg->getType() | 
 |       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType) | 
 |       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version. | 
 |   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType); | 
 |   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded); | 
 |   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get(); | 
 |  | 
 |   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg); | 
 |  | 
 |   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored. | 
 |   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() && | 
 |       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) { | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr) | 
 |       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions. | 
 |   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) { | 
 |     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate"); | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size) | 
 |       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | 
 |     // okay | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) | 
 |       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsLdrex) { | 
 |     TheCall->setType(ValType); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Initialize the argument to be stored. | 
 |   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0); | 
 |   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | 
 |       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false); | 
 |   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg); | 
 |   if (ValArg.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def, | 
 |   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis. | 
 |   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Result; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || | 
 |       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex || | 
 |       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex || | 
 |       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) { | 
 |     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction, | 
 |   // range check them here. | 
 |   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |   default: return false; | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break; | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break; | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f: | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break; | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb: | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb: | 
 |   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present. | 
 |   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, | 
 |                                          CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Result; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex || | 
 |       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex || | 
 |       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex || | 
 |       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) { | 
 |     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0; | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |   default: return false; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; | 
 |   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch: | 
 |     // This is declared to take (const char*, int) | 
 |     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo | 
 | /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg. | 
 | /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has | 
 | /// been populated. | 
 | bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, | 
 |                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) { | 
 |   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0; | 
 |   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1; | 
 |   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument | 
 |   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own | 
 |   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case. | 
 |   if (IsCXXMember) { | 
 |     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     --FSI->FormatIdx; | 
 |     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0) | 
 |       --FSI->FirstDataArg; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null. | 
 | static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, | 
 |                              const Expr *Expr) { | 
 |   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are | 
 |   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute. | 
 |   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) { | 
 |     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | 
 |       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = | 
 |           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr)) | 
 |         if (const InitListExpr *ILE = | 
 |             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer())) | 
 |           Expr = ILE->getInit(0); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Result; | 
 |   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() && | 
 |           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) && | 
 |           !Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S, | 
 |                                  const Expr *ArgExpr, | 
 |                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) { | 
 |   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr)) | 
 |     S.Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S, | 
 |                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl, | 
 |                                   const Expr * const *ExprArgs, | 
 |                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) { | 
 |   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself. | 
 |   for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) { | 
 |     for (const auto &Val : NonNull->args()) | 
 |       CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[Val], CallSiteLoc); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the attributes on the parameters. | 
 |   ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms; | 
 |   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)) | 
 |     parms = FD->parameters(); | 
 |   else if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)) | 
 |     parms = MD->parameters(); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned argIndex = 0; | 
 |   for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end(); | 
 |        I != E; ++I, ++argIndex) { | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I; | 
 |     if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) | 
 |       CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[argIndex], CallSiteLoc); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg | 
 | /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters. | 
 | void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                      unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, | 
 |                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | 
 |                      VariadicCallType CallType) { | 
 |   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition. | 
 |   if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Printf and scanf checking. | 
 |   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs; | 
 |   if (FDecl) { | 
 |     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { | 
 |       // Only create vector if there are format attributes. | 
 |       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size()); | 
 |  | 
 |       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range, | 
 |                            CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string | 
 |   // checks above. | 
 |   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { | 
 |     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | 
 |       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code. | 
 |       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) { | 
 |         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx]) | 
 |           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FDecl) { | 
 |     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Args.data(), Loc); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Type safety checking. | 
 |     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>()) | 
 |       CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data()); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety | 
 | /// properties not enforced by the C type system. | 
 | void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, | 
 |                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation Loc) { | 
 |   VariadicCallType CallType = | 
 |     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply; | 
 |   checkCall(FDecl, Args, Proto->getNumParams(), | 
 |             /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness | 
 | /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, | 
 |                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { | 
 |   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) && | 
 |                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl); | 
 |   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) || | 
 |                           IsMemberOperatorCall; | 
 |   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, | 
 |                                                   TheCall->getCallee()); | 
 |   unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; | 
 |   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs(); | 
 |   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); | 
 |   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) { | 
 |     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument | 
 |     // from checkCall. | 
 |     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal. | 
 |     ++Args; | 
 |     --NumArgs; | 
 |   } | 
 |   checkCall(FDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(Args, NumArgs), NumParams, | 
 |             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), | 
 |             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); | 
 |  | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier(); | 
 |   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have | 
 |   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions). | 
 |   if (!FnInfo) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind(); | 
 |   if (CMId == 0) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle memory setting and copying functions. | 
 |   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat) | 
 |     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo); | 
 |   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat) | 
 |     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo); | 
 |   else | 
 |     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,  | 
 |                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) { | 
 |   VariadicCallType CallType = | 
 |       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply; | 
 |  | 
 |   checkCall(Method, Args, Method->param_size(), | 
 |             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, | 
 |             lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, | 
 |                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { | 
 |   const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl); | 
 |   if (!V) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType Ty = V->getType(); | 
 |   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   VariadicCallType CallType; | 
 |   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) { | 
 |     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply; | 
 |   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { | 
 |     CallType = VariadicBlock; | 
 |   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType() | 
 |     CallType = VariadicFunction; | 
 |   } | 
 |   unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   checkCall(NDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(TheCall->getArgs(), | 
 |                                                     TheCall->getNumArgs()), | 
 |             NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), | 
 |             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available, | 
 | /// such as function pointers returned from functions. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) { | 
 |   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto, | 
 |                                                   TheCall->getCallee()); | 
 |   unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, | 
 |             llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(TheCall->getArgs(), | 
 |                                              TheCall->getNumArgs()), | 
 |             NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(), | 
 |             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) { | 
 |   if (Ordering < AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_relaxed || | 
 |       Ordering > AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_seq_cst) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (Op) { | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init"); | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load: | 
 |     return Ordering != AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_release && | 
 |            Ordering != AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_acq_rel; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n: | 
 |     return Ordering != AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_consume && | 
 |            Ordering != AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_acquire && | 
 |            Ordering != AtomicExpr::AO_ABI_memory_order_acq_rel; | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, | 
 |                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) { | 
 |   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get()); | 
 |   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // All these operations take one of the following forms: | 
 |   enum { | 
 |     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C) | 
 |     Init, | 
 |     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int) | 
 |     Load, | 
 |     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int) | 
 |     Copy, | 
 |     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int) | 
 |     Arithmetic, | 
 |     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int) | 
 |     Xchg, | 
 |     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int) | 
 |     GNUXchg, | 
 |     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int) | 
 |     C11CmpXchg, | 
 |     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int) | 
 |     GNUCmpXchg | 
 |   } Form = Init; | 
 |   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 }; | 
 |   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 }; | 
 |   // where: | 
 |   //   C is an appropriate type, | 
 |   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins, | 
 |   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise, | 
 |   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and | 
 |   //   the int parameters are for orderings. | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 && | 
 |          AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load | 
 |          && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics"); | 
 |   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init && | 
 |                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor; | 
 |   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n || | 
 |              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n || | 
 |              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n || | 
 |              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n; | 
 |   bool IsAddSub = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (Op) { | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init: | 
 |     Form = Init; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n: | 
 |     Form = Load; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n: | 
 |     Form = Copy; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch: | 
 |     IsAddSub = true; | 
 |     // Fall through. | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch: | 
 |     Form = Arithmetic; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n: | 
 |     Form = Xchg; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange: | 
 |     Form = GNUXchg; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak: | 
 |     Form = C11CmpXchg; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange: | 
 |   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n: | 
 |     Form = GNUCmpXchg; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check we have the right number of arguments. | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) { | 
 |     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) | 
 |       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) { | 
 |     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(), | 
 |          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) | 
 |       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation. | 
 |   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0); | 
 |   Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get(); | 
 |   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | 
 |   if (!pointerType) { | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) | 
 |       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type. | 
 |   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A' | 
 |   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C' | 
 |   if (IsC11) { | 
 |     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) { | 
 |       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic) | 
 |         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic) | 
 |         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed. | 
 |   if (Form == Arithmetic) { | 
 |     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity. | 
 |     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) { | 
 |       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr) | 
 |         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int) | 
 |         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) { | 
 |     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or | 
 |     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length. | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr) | 
 |       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) && | 
 |       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) { | 
 |     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of | 
 |     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity. | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy) | 
 |       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be | 
 |   // const-qualified. | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | 
 |     // okay | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | 
 |     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known | 
 |     // to be trivially copyable. | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) | 
 |       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType ResultType = ValType; | 
 |   if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init) | 
 |     ResultType = Context.VoidTy; | 
 |   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg) | 
 |     ResultType = Context.BoolTy; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such | 
 |   // arguments are actually passed as pointers. | 
 |   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP' | 
 |   if (!IsC11 && !IsN) | 
 |     ByValType = Ptr->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we | 
 |   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk | 
 |   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type. | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) { | 
 |     QualType Ty; | 
 |     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) { | 
 |       switch (i) { | 
 |       case 1: | 
 |         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this | 
 |         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always | 
 |         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses | 
 |         // by-value. | 
 |         assert(Form != Load); | 
 |         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType())) | 
 |           Ty = ValType; | 
 |         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg) | 
 |           Ty = ByValType; | 
 |         else if (Form == Arithmetic) | 
 |           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType(); | 
 |         else | 
 |           Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType()); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case 2: | 
 |         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a | 
 |         // (pointer to a) desired value. | 
 |         Ty = ByValType; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case 3: | 
 |         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag. | 
 |         Ty = Context.BoolTy; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // The order(s) are always converted to int. | 
 |       Ty = Context.IntTy; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     InitializedEntity Entity = | 
 |         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false); | 
 |     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i); | 
 |     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); | 
 |     if (Arg.isInvalid()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order. | 
 |   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs; | 
 |   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr); | 
 |   switch (Form) { | 
 |   case Init: | 
 |     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic. | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Load: | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case Copy: | 
 |   case Arithmetic: | 
 |   case Xchg: | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case GNUXchg: | 
 |     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic. | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case C11CmpXchg: | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case GNUCmpXchg: | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1 | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2 | 
 |     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) { | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Result(32); | 
 |     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) && | 
 |         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op)) | 
 |       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(), | 
 |            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order) | 
 |           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op, | 
 |                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc()); | 
 |    | 
 |   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load || | 
 |        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) && | 
 |       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE)) | 
 |     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) << | 
 |     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1); | 
 |  | 
 |   return AE; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform | 
 | /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in | 
 | /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom | 
 | /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of | 
 | /// them. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true on error. | 
 | static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) { | 
 |   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee(); | 
 |   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex); | 
 |   InitializedEntity Entity = | 
 |     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0); | 
 |   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); | 
 |   if (Arg.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get()); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like | 
 | /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer | 
 | /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already | 
 | /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as | 
 | /// void(...). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these | 
 | /// builtins, | 
 | ExprResult | 
 | Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) { | 
 |   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get(); | 
 |   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); | 
 |   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from. | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) { | 
 |     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) | 
 |       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be | 
 |   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type. | 
 |   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit | 
 |   // casts here. | 
 |   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input. | 
 |   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0); | 
 |   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg); | 
 |   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get(); | 
 |   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg); | 
 |  | 
 |   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | 
 |   if (!pointerType) { | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer) | 
 |       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() && | 
 |       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) { | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr) | 
 |       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) { | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | 
 |     // okay | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | 
 |   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership) | 
 |       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType. | 
 |   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return | 
 |   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below. | 
 |   QualType ResultType = ValType; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example, | 
 |   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into | 
 |   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2. | 
 | #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \ | 
 |   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \ | 
 |     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 } | 
 |  | 
 |   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = { | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor), | 
 |  | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch), | 
 |  | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release), | 
 |     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap) | 
 |   }; | 
 | #undef BUILTIN_ROW | 
 |  | 
 |   // Determine the index of the size. | 
 |   unsigned SizeIndex; | 
 |   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) { | 
 |   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break; | 
 |   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break; | 
 |   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break; | 
 |   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break; | 
 |   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break; | 
 |   default: | 
 |     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size) | 
 |       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of | 
 |   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff | 
 |   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well | 
 |   // as the number of fixed args. | 
 |   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID(); | 
 |   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1; | 
 |   switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!"); | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 0;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 1;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:   | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 2;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 3;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 4;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 5;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 6;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 7;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:   | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 8;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 9;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 10; | 
 |     NumFixed = 2; | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 11; | 
 |     NumFixed = 2; | 
 |     ResultType = Context.BoolTy; | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 12;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 13; | 
 |     NumFixed = 0; | 
 |     ResultType = Context.VoidTy; | 
 |     break; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16: | 
 |     BuiltinIndex = 14;  | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we | 
 |   // have at least that many. | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) { | 
 |     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) | 
 |       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the | 
 |   // concrete integer type we should convert to is. | 
 |   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex]; | 
 |   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID); | 
 |   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl; | 
 |   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID) | 
 |     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl; | 
 |   else { | 
 |     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it. | 
 |     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName)); | 
 |     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true); | 
 |     assert(Res.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |     if (!NewBuiltinDecl) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we | 
 |   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk | 
 |   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type. | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) { | 
 |     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1); | 
 |  | 
 |     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This | 
 |     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now. | 
 |     // Initialize the argument. | 
 |     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | 
 |                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false); | 
 |     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); | 
 |     if (Arg.isInvalid()) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check | 
 |     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can | 
 |     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and | 
 |     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange | 
 |     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc. | 
 |     // FIXME: Do this check. | 
 |     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl. | 
 |   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create( | 
 |       Context, | 
 |       DRE->getQualifierLoc(), | 
 |       SourceLocation(), | 
 |       NewBuiltinDecl, | 
 |       /*enclosing*/ false, | 
 |       DRE->getLocation(), | 
 |       Context.BuiltinFnTy, | 
 |       DRE->getValueKind()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set the callee in the CallExpr. | 
 |   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information. | 
 |   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType()); | 
 |   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy, | 
 |                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr); | 
 |   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This | 
 |   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it | 
 |   // gracefully. | 
 |   TheCall->setType(ResultType); | 
 |  | 
 |   return TheCallResult; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin | 
 | /// CFString constructor is correct | 
 | /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would | 
 | /// simplify the backend). | 
 | bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) { | 
 |   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { | 
 |     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant) | 
 |       << Arg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) { | 
 |     StringRef String = Literal->getString(); | 
 |     unsigned NumBytes = String.size(); | 
 |     SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes); | 
 |     const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data(); | 
 |     UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0]; | 
 |      | 
 |     ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, | 
 |                                                  &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes, | 
 |                                                  strictConversion); | 
 |     // Check for conversion failure. | 
 |     if (Result != conversionOK) | 
 |       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), | 
 |            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity. | 
 | /// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee(); | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) { | 
 |     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), | 
 |          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) | 
 |       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << Fn->getSourceRange() | 
 |       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) { | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), | 
 |       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) | 
 |       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Type-check the first argument normally. | 
 |   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not. | 
 |   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); | 
 |   bool isVariadic; | 
 |   if (CurBlock) | 
 |     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic(); | 
 |   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) | 
 |     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!isVariadic) { | 
 |     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the | 
 |   // current function or method. | 
 |   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false; | 
 |   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next | 
 |   // block. | 
 |   QualType Type; | 
 |   SourceLocation ParamLoc; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) { | 
 |     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { | 
 |       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning). | 
 |       // Get the last formal in the current function. | 
 |       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg; | 
 |       if (CurBlock) | 
 |         LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1); | 
 |       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) | 
 |         LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1); | 
 |       else | 
 |         LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1); | 
 |       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg; | 
 |  | 
 |       Type = PV->getType(); | 
 |       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument) | 
 |     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(), | 
 |          diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument); | 
 |   else if (Type->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), | 
 |          diag::warn_va_start_of_reference_type_is_undefined); | 
 |     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and | 
 | /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) | 
 |       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/; | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) | 
 |       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0); | 
 |   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common | 
 |   // type. | 
 |   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false); | 
 |   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is | 
 |   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool | 
 |   // foo(...)". | 
 |   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get()); | 
 |   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were | 
 |   // invalid for this operation. | 
 |   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType()) | 
 |     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), | 
 |                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare) | 
 |       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType() | 
 |       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd()); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like | 
 | /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have | 
 | /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point | 
 | /// value. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) { | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) | 
 |       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/; | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) | 
 |       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd()); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number. | 
 |   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) | 
 |     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(), | 
 |                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp) | 
 |       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it. | 
 |   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) { | 
 |     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr(); | 
 |     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) { | 
 |       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) && | 
 |              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here"); | 
 |       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr); | 
 |       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector. | 
 | // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything. | 
 | ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) | 
 |     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), | 
 |                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) | 
 |                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs() | 
 |                      << TheCall->getSourceRange()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking: | 
 |   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask) | 
 |   // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask) | 
 |   // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index) | 
 |   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType(); | 
 |   unsigned numElements = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() && | 
 |       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) { | 
 |     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType(); | 
 |     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType()) | 
 |       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), | 
 |                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector) | 
 |                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); | 
 |  | 
 |     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); | 
 |     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle | 
 |     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the | 
 |     // same number of elts as lhs. | 
 |     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) { | 
 |       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() || | 
 |           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements) | 
 |         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), | 
 |                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector) | 
 |                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); | 
 |     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) { | 
 |       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), | 
 |                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector) | 
 |                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd())); | 
 |     } else if (numElements != numResElements) { | 
 |       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements, | 
 |                                       VectorType::GenericVector); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) { | 
 |     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() || | 
 |         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Result(32); | 
 |     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context)) | 
 |       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), | 
 |                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument) | 
 |                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR. | 
 |     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2) | 
 |       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), | 
 |                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large) | 
 |                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) { | 
 |     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i)); | 
 |     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType, | 
 |                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector | 
 | ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | 
 |                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | 
 |                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | 
 |   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | 
 |   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | 
 |   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |   QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, | 
 |                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector) | 
 |                      << E->getSourceRange()); | 
 |   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, | 
 |                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type)); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); | 
 |     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); | 
 |     if (SrcElts != DstElts) | 
 |       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, | 
 |                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector) | 
 |                        << E->getSourceRange()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return new (Context) | 
 |       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch. | 
 | // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two | 
 | // optional constant int args. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NumArgs > 3) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), | 
 |              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) | 
 |              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs | 
 |              << TheCall->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be | 
 |   // constant integers. | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) | 
 |     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr | 
 | /// TheCall is a constant expression. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, | 
 |                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) { | 
 |   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum); | 
 |   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts()); | 
 |   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | 
 |    | 
 |   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false; | 
 |    | 
 |   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context)) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type) | 
 |                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |    | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr | 
 | /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High]. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, | 
 |                                        int Low, int High) { | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Result; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument. | 
 |   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum); | 
 |   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check constant-ness first. | 
 |   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range) | 
 |       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val). | 
 | /// This checks that val is a constant 1. | 
 | bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) { | 
 |   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1); | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Result; | 
 |  | 
 |   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value. | 
 |   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |    | 
 |   if (Result != 1) | 
 |     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val) | 
 |              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd()); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | enum StringLiteralCheckType { | 
 |   SLCT_NotALiteral, | 
 |   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, | 
 |   SLCT_CheckedLiteral | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string. | 
 | // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a | 
 | // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning. | 
 | // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString. | 
 | static StringLiteralCheckType | 
 | checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, | 
 |                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type, | 
 |                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall, | 
 |                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { | 
 |  tryAgain: | 
 |   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |  | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) | 
 |     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case. | 
 |     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation | 
 |     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then | 
 |     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype. | 
 |     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was | 
 |     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked. | 
 |     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C = | 
 |         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E); | 
 |     StringLiteralCheckType Left = | 
 |         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args, | 
 |                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, | 
 |                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |     if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral) | 
 |       return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |     StringLiteralCheckType Right = | 
 |         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args, | 
 |                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, | 
 |                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |     return Left < Right ? Left : Right; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | 
 |     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | 
 |     goto tryAgain; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass: | 
 |     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) { | 
 |       E = src; | 
 |       goto tryAgain; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass: | 
 |     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they | 
 |     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security | 
 |     // liability. | 
 |     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; | 
 |        | 
 |   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { | 
 |     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to | 
 |     // const string literals. | 
 |     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { | 
 |       bool isConstant = false; | 
 |       QualType T = DR->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { | 
 |         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context); | 
 |       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { | 
 |         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) && | 
 |                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context); | 
 |       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | 
 |         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type, | 
 |         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant. | 
 |         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (isConstant) { | 
 |         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) { | 
 |           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" } | 
 |           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { | 
 |             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit()) | 
 |               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |           } | 
 |           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args, | 
 |                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx, | 
 |                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType, | 
 |                                        /*InFunctionCall*/false, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a | 
 |       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter | 
 |       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function | 
 |       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we | 
 |       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call | 
 |       // to a vprintf function.  For example: | 
 |       // | 
 |       // void | 
 |       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){ | 
 |       //      va_list ap; | 
 |       //      va_start(ap, fmt); | 
 |       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt". | 
 |       //      ... | 
 |       // } | 
 |       if (HasVAListArg) { | 
 |         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { | 
 |           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) { | 
 |             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1; | 
 |             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { | 
 |               // adjust for implicit parameter | 
 |               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)) | 
 |                 if (MD->isInstance()) | 
 |                   ++PVIndex; | 
 |               // We also check if the formats are compatible. | 
 |               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function. | 
 |               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() && | 
 |                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat)) | 
 |                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral; | 
 |             } | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::CallExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: { | 
 |     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E); | 
 |     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) { | 
 |       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) { | 
 |         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx(); | 
 |         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)) | 
 |           if (MD->isInstance()) | 
 |             --ArgIndex; | 
 |         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1); | 
 |  | 
 |         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args, | 
 |                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, | 
 |                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, | 
 |                                      CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { | 
 |         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); | 
 |         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString || | 
 |             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) { | 
 |           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0); | 
 |           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args, | 
 |                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx, | 
 |                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType, | 
 |                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: { | 
 |     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E)) | 
 |       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (StrE) { | 
 |       S.CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, | 
 |                           Type, InFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return SLCT_NotALiteral; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) { | 
 |   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName()) | 
 |   .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf) | 
 |   .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf) | 
 |   .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString) | 
 |   .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime) | 
 |   .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon) | 
 |   .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf) | 
 |   .Default(FST_Unknown); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar | 
 | /// functions) for correct use of format strings. | 
 | /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, | 
 |                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                                 bool IsCXXMember, | 
 |                                 VariadicCallType CallType, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | 
 |                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { | 
 |   FormatStringInfo FSI; | 
 |   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI)) | 
 |     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx, | 
 |                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format), | 
 |                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, | 
 |                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, | 
 |                                 VariadicCallType CallType, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | 
 |                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { | 
 |   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string. | 
 |   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to | 
 |   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings | 
 |   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by | 
 |   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of | 
 |   // many format string exploits. | 
 |  | 
 |   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or | 
 |   // C string (e.g. "%d") | 
 |   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use | 
 |   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings. | 
 |   StringLiteralCheckType CT = | 
 |       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg, | 
 |                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType, | 
 |                             /*IsFunctionCall*/true, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral) | 
 |     // Literal format string found, check done! | 
 |     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument, | 
 |   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string. | 
 |   if (Type == FST_Strftime) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the | 
 |   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent | 
 |   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros | 
 |   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals. | 
 |   if (Type == FST_NSString && | 
 |       SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise | 
 |   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral. | 
 |   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) | 
 |     Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(), | 
 |          diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs) | 
 |       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(), | 
 |          diag::warn_format_nonliteral) | 
 |            << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler { | 
 | protected: | 
 |   Sema &S; | 
 |   const StringLiteral *FExpr; | 
 |   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr; | 
 |   const unsigned FirstDataArg; | 
 |   const unsigned NumDataArgs; | 
 |   const char *Beg; // Start of format string. | 
 |   const bool HasVAListArg; | 
 |   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args; | 
 |   unsigned FormatIdx; | 
 |   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs; | 
 |   bool usesPositionalArgs; | 
 |   bool atFirstArg; | 
 |   bool inFunctionCall; | 
 |   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType; | 
 |   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs; | 
 | public: | 
 |   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, | 
 |                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, | 
 |                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, | 
 |                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, | 
 |                      Sema::VariadicCallType callType, | 
 |                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) | 
 |     : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), | 
 |       FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), | 
 |       Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), | 
 |       Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx), | 
 |       usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true), | 
 |       inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType), | 
 |       CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs) { | 
 |     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs); | 
 |     CoveredArgs.reset(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void DoneProcessing(); | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                  unsigned specifierLen) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier( | 
 |                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, | 
 |                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, | 
 |                            unsigned DiagID); | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier( | 
 |                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier( | 
 |                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, | 
 |                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                              unsigned specifierLen, | 
 |                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   template <typename Range> | 
 |   static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, | 
 |                                    const Expr *ArgumentExpr, | 
 |                                    PartialDiagnostic PDiag, | 
 |                                    SourceLocation StringLoc, | 
 |                                    bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange, | 
 |                                    ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None); | 
 |  | 
 | protected: | 
 |   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                         const char *startSpec, | 
 |                                         unsigned specifierLen, | 
 |                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                          const char *startSpec, | 
 |                                          unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |    | 
 |   SourceRange getFormatStringRange(); | 
 |   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                     unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const; | 
 |    | 
 |   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, | 
 |                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, | 
 |                     unsigned argIndex); | 
 |  | 
 |   template <typename Range> | 
 |   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc, | 
 |                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange, | 
 |                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None); | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() { | 
 |   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler:: | 
 | getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier); | 
 |   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges. | 
 |   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1); | 
 |  | 
 |   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) { | 
 |   return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                                    unsigned specifierLen){ | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier), | 
 |                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier), | 
 |                        /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier( | 
 |     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, | 
 |     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, | 
 |     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) { | 
 |   using namespace analyze_format_string; | 
 |  | 
 |   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier(); | 
 |   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier. | 
 |   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier(); | 
 |   if (FixedLM) { | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(), | 
 |                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), | 
 |                          /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |  | 
 |     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) | 
 |       << FixedLM->toString() | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString()); | 
 |  | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     FixItHint Hint; | 
 |     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length) | 
 |       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange); | 
 |  | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(), | 
 |                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), | 
 |                          /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), | 
 |                          Hint); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier( | 
 |     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, | 
 |     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   using namespace analyze_format_string; | 
 |  | 
 |   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier(); | 
 |   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier. | 
 |   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier(); | 
 |   if (FixedLM) { | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) | 
 |                            << LM.toString() << 0, | 
 |                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), | 
 |                          /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |  | 
 |     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) | 
 |       << FixedLM->toString() | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString()); | 
 |  | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) | 
 |                            << LM.toString() << 0, | 
 |                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), | 
 |                          /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier( | 
 |     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, | 
 |     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   using namespace analyze_format_string; | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier. | 
 |   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier(); | 
 |   if (FixedCS) { | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) | 
 |                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1, | 
 |                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), | 
 |                          /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |  | 
 |     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); | 
 |     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier) | 
 |       << FixedCS->toString() | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString()); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard) | 
 |                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1, | 
 |                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), | 
 |                          /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos, | 
 |                                         unsigned posLen) { | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg), | 
 |                                getLocationOfByte(startPos), | 
 |                                /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen, | 
 |                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) { | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier) | 
 |                          << (unsigned) p, | 
 |                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, | 
 |                                             unsigned posLen) { | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier), | 
 |                                getLocationOfByte(startPos), | 
 |                                /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) { | 
 |   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) { | 
 |     // The presence of a null character is likely an error. | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char), | 
 |       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |       getFormatStringRange()); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building | 
 | // one of the argument expressions. | 
 | const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const { | 
 |   return Args[FirstDataArg + i]; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() { | 
 |     // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of | 
 |     // format conversions in the format string? | 
 |   if (!HasVAListArg) { | 
 |       // Find any arguments that weren't covered. | 
 |     CoveredArgs.flip(); | 
 |     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first(); | 
 |     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) { | 
 |       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs); | 
 |       if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) { | 
 |         SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart(); | 
 |         if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) { | 
 |           EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used), | 
 |                                Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false, | 
 |                                getFormatStringRange()); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, | 
 |                                                      SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                                      const char *startSpec, | 
 |                                                      unsigned specifierLen, | 
 |                                                      const char *csStart, | 
 |                                                      unsigned csLen) { | 
 |    | 
 |   bool keepGoing = true; | 
 |   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { | 
 |     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't | 
 |     // make sense. | 
 |     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); | 
 |   } | 
 |   else { | 
 |     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we | 
 |     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and | 
 |     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing | 
 |     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get | 
 |     // gibberish when trying to match arguments. | 
 |     keepGoing = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) | 
 |                          << StringRef(csStart, csLen), | 
 |                        Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen)); | 
 |    | 
 |   return keepGoing; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                                       const char *startSpec, | 
 |                                                       unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args), | 
 |     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs( | 
 |   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS, | 
 |   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS, | 
 |   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) { | 
 |  | 
 |   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) { | 
 |     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg() | 
 |       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args) | 
 |            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs) | 
 |       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args); | 
 |     EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template<typename Range> | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, | 
 |                                               SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                               bool IsStringLocation, | 
 |                                               Range StringRange, | 
 |                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) { | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag, | 
 |                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note | 
 | /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function | 
 | /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an | 
 | /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string | 
 | /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two | 
 | /// diagnostics are emitted. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the | 
 | /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits | 
 | /// to diagnostics. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are | 
 | /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for | 
 | /// the other one. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be | 
 | /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will | 
 | /// be used with PDiag. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is | 
 | /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string. | 
 | template<typename Range> | 
 | void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, | 
 |                                               const Expr *ArgumentExpr, | 
 |                                               PartialDiagnostic PDiag, | 
 |                                               SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                               bool IsStringLocation, | 
 |                                               Range StringRange, | 
 |                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) { | 
 |   if (InFunctionCall) { | 
 |     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag); | 
 |     D << StringRange; | 
 |     for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end(); | 
 |          I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       D << *I; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag) | 
 |       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note = | 
 |       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(), | 
 |              diag::note_format_string_defined); | 
 |  | 
 |     Note << StringRange; | 
 |     for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end(); | 
 |          I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       Note << *I; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler { | 
 |   bool ObjCContext; | 
 | public: | 
 |   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, | 
 |                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, | 
 |                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, | 
 |                      const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, | 
 |                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, | 
 |                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, | 
 |                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) | 
 |     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg, | 
 |                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, | 
 |                          formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs), | 
 |       ObjCContext(isObjC) | 
 |   {} | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier( | 
 |                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                       const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                       unsigned specifierLen) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                              const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                              unsigned specifierLen) override; | 
 |   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                        const char *StartSpecifier, | 
 |                        unsigned SpecifierLen, | 
 |                        const Expr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k, | 
 |                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt, | 
 |                            unsigned type, | 
 |                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, | 
 |                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag, | 
 |                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, | 
 |                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen); | 
 |   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, | 
 |                            const Expr *E); | 
 |  | 
 | };   | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier( | 
 |                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                       const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                       unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = | 
 |     FS.getConversionSpecifier(); | 
 |    | 
 |   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(), | 
 |                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), | 
 |                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen, | 
 |                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount( | 
 |                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, | 
 |                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) { | 
 |     if (!HasVAListArg) { | 
 |       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex(); | 
 |       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) { | 
 |         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg) | 
 |                                << k, | 
 |                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), | 
 |                              /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit | 
 |         // spurious errors. | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'. | 
 |       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be | 
 |       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also | 
 |       // doesn't emit a warning for that case. | 
 |       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); | 
 |       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex); | 
 |       if (!Arg) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       QualType T = Arg->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context); | 
 |       assert(AT.isValid()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) { | 
 |         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type) | 
 |                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) | 
 |                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(), | 
 |                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), | 
 |                              /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit | 
 |         // spurious errors. | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount( | 
 |                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt, | 
 |                                       unsigned type, | 
 |                                       const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                       unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = | 
 |     FS.getConversionSpecifier(); | 
 |  | 
 |   FixItHint fixit = | 
 |     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant | 
 |       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(), | 
 |                                  Amt.getConstantLength())) | 
 |       : FixItHint(); | 
 |  | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount) | 
 |                          << type << CS.toString(), | 
 |                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), | 
 |                        /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), | 
 |                        fixit); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, | 
 |                                     const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                     unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal. | 
 |   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = | 
 |     FS.getConversionSpecifier(); | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag) | 
 |                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(), | 
 |                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()), | 
 |                        /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), | 
 |                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1))); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag( | 
 |                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag, | 
 |                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag, | 
 |                                 const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                 unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal. | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag) | 
 |                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(), | 
 |                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()), | 
 |                        /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), | 
 |                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 |                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1))); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing | 
 | // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named | 
 | // "c_str()"). | 
 | template<typename MemberKind> | 
 | static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> | 
 | CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | 
 |   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
 |   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!RT) | 
 |     return Results; | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 |   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition()) | 
 |     return Results; | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(), | 
 |                  Sema::LookupMemberName); | 
 |   R.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the | 
 |   // filter, at this point. | 
 |   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl())) | 
 |     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | 
 |       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl)) | 
 |         Results.insert(FK); | 
 |     } | 
 |   return Results; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't | 
 | /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous). | 
 | bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) { | 
 |   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet; | 
 |   MethodSet Results = | 
 |       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType()); | 
 |   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end(); | 
 |        MI != ME; ++MI) | 
 |     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a | 
 | // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid. | 
 | // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found. | 
 | bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers( | 
 |     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) { | 
 |   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet; | 
 |  | 
 |   MethodSet Results = | 
 |       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end(); | 
 |        MI != ME; ++MI) { | 
 |     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI; | 
 |     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 && | 
 |         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them. | 
 |       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()); | 
 |       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str) | 
 |           << "c_str()" | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()"); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier | 
 |                                             &FS, | 
 |                                           const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                           unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |  | 
 |   using namespace analyze_format_string; | 
 |   using namespace analyze_printf;   | 
 |   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) { | 
 |     if (atFirstArg) { | 
 |         atFirstArg = false; | 
 |         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) { | 
 |       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), | 
 |                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier | 
 |   // have matching data arguments. | 
 |   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0, | 
 |                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1, | 
 |                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here | 
 |     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Consume the argument. | 
 |   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex(); | 
 |   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { | 
 |     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later. | 
 |     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this | 
 |     // function if we encounter some other error. | 
 |     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier | 
 |   // in a non-ObjC literal. | 
 |   if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) { | 
 |     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier, | 
 |                                                   specifierLen); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for invalid use of field width | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) { | 
 |     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0, | 
 |         startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for invalid use of precision | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) { | 
 |     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1, | 
 |         startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component. | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix()) | 
 |     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros()) | 
 |     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix()) | 
 |     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix()) | 
 |     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm()) | 
 |     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified()) | 
 |     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag | 
 |   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+' | 
 |     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(), | 
 |         startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-' | 
 |     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(), | 
 |             startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier. | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo())) | 
 |     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, | 
 |                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length); | 
 |   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier()) | 
 |     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination()) | 
 |     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, | 
 |                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts())) | 
 |     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments. | 
 |   if (HasVAListArg) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex); | 
 |   if (!Arg) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) { | 
 |   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator | 
 |   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here. | 
 |   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't. | 
 |   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | 
 |   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside)) | 
 |     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CallExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::MemberExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ParenExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                     const char *StartSpecifier, | 
 |                                     unsigned SpecifierLen, | 
 |                                     const Expr *E) { | 
 |   using namespace analyze_format_string; | 
 |   using namespace analyze_printf; | 
 |   // Now type check the data expression that matches the | 
 |   // format specifier. | 
 |   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, | 
 |                                                     ObjCContext); | 
 |   if (!AT.isValid()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); | 
 |   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) { | 
 |     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type. | 
 |   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array | 
 |   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a | 
 |   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'. | 
 |   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast || | 
 |         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) { | 
 |       E = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |       ExprTy = E->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char' | 
 |       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs | 
 |       // function. | 
 |       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy || | 
 |           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) { | 
 |         // All further checking is done on the subexpression. | 
 |         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy)) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) { | 
 |     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C. | 
 |     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like | 
 |     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists. | 
 |     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy) | 
 |       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue())) | 
 |         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Look through enums to their underlying type. | 
 |   bool IsEnum = false; | 
 |   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { | 
 |     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | 
 |     IsEnum = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t. | 
 |   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest | 
 |   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier. | 
 |   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy; | 
 |   if (ObjCContext && | 
 |       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) { | 
 |     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | 
 |         !ExprTy->isCharType()) { | 
 |       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should | 
 |       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible. | 
 |       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy; | 
 |  | 
 |       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens | 
 |       // to be within the valid range. | 
 |       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) { | 
 |         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue(); | 
 |         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy)) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(), | 
 |                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) { | 
 |         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND)) | 
 |           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy) | 
 |             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting | 
 |   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough. | 
 |   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; | 
 |   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { | 
 |     // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs. | 
 |     QualType TyTy = IntendedTy; | 
 |     while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | 
 |       StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName(); | 
 |       QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name) | 
 |         .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy) | 
 |         .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy) | 
 |         .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy) | 
 |         .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) | 
 |         .Default(QualType()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!CastTy.isNull()) { | 
 |         ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true; | 
 |         IntendedTy = CastTy; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       TyTy = UserTy->desugar(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type. | 
 |   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS; | 
 |   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), | 
 |                                  S.Context, ObjCContext); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (success) { | 
 |     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier | 
 |     SmallString<16> buf; | 
 |     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf); | 
 |     fixedFS.toString(os); | 
 |  | 
 |     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy) { | 
 |       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match | 
 |       // the argument. | 
 |       EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) | 
 |           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy << IsEnum | 
 |           << E->getSourceRange(), | 
 |         E->getLocStart(), | 
 |         /*IsStringLocation*/false, | 
 |         SpecRange, | 
 |         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str())); | 
 |  | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the | 
 |       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's | 
 |       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but | 
 |       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.) | 
 |       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to | 
 |       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string | 
 |       // if necessary). | 
 |       SmallString<16> CastBuf; | 
 |       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf); | 
 |       CastFix << "("; | 
 |       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |       CastFix << ")"; | 
 |  | 
 |       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints; | 
 |       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy)) | 
 |         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str())); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it. | 
 |         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc()); | 
 |         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str())); | 
 |  | 
 |       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) { | 
 |         // If the expression has high enough precedence, | 
 |         // just write the C-style cast. | 
 |         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                                    CastFix.str())); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast. | 
 |         CastFix << "("; | 
 |         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                                    CastFix.str())); | 
 |  | 
 |         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()); | 
 |         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")")); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) { | 
 |         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly. | 
 |         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show | 
 |         // the underlying type in the diagnostic. | 
 |         StringRef Name = cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy)->getDecl()->getName(); | 
 |  | 
 |         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast) | 
 |                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum | 
 |                                << E->getSourceRange(), | 
 |                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false, | 
 |                              SpecRange, Hints); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different | 
 |         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct  | 
 |         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message. | 
 |         EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) | 
 |             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum | 
 |             << E->getSourceRange(), | 
 |           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, | 
 |           SpecRange, Hints); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, | 
 |                                                    SpecifierLen); | 
 |     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions | 
 |     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD | 
 |     // arguments here. | 
 |     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) { | 
 |     case Sema::VAK_Valid: | 
 |     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: | 
 |       EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) | 
 |           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum | 
 |           << CSR | 
 |           << E->getSourceRange(), | 
 |         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Sema::VAK_Undefined: | 
 |       EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string) | 
 |           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |           << ExprTy | 
 |           << CallType | 
 |           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) | 
 |           << CSR | 
 |           << E->getSourceRange(), | 
 |         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); | 
 |       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Sema::VAK_Invalid: | 
 |       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType()) | 
 |         EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format) | 
 |             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |             << ExprTy | 
 |             << CallType | 
 |             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) | 
 |             << CSR | 
 |             << E->getSourceRange(), | 
 |           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR); | 
 |       else | 
 |         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces | 
 |         // or inserting a cast to the target type. | 
 |         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format) | 
 |           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType | 
 |           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) | 
 |           << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() && | 
 |            "format string specifier index out of range"); | 
 |     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace {   | 
 | class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler { | 
 | public: | 
 |   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr, | 
 |                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg, | 
 |                     unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg, | 
 |                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                     unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall, | 
 |                     Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, | 
 |                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) | 
 |     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg, | 
 |                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, | 
 |                          Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, | 
 |                          CheckedVarArgs) | 
 |   {} | 
 |    | 
 |   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                             const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                             unsigned specifierLen) override; | 
 |    | 
 |   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier( | 
 |           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |           const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |           unsigned specifierLen) override; | 
 |  | 
 |   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override; | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, | 
 |                                                  const char *end) { | 
 |   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete), | 
 |                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true, | 
 |                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier( | 
 |                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                         const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                         unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |  | 
 |   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = | 
 |     FS.getConversionSpecifier(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(), | 
 |                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), | 
 |                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen, | 
 |                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier( | 
 |                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS, | 
 |                                        const char *startSpecifier, | 
 |                                        unsigned specifierLen) { | 
 |    | 
 |   using namespace analyze_scanf; | 
 |   using namespace analyze_format_string;   | 
 |  | 
 |   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't | 
 |   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently. | 
 |   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) { | 
 |     if (atFirstArg) { | 
 |       atFirstArg = false; | 
 |       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) { | 
 |       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), | 
 |                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   // Check if the field with is non-zero. | 
 |   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth(); | 
 |   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) { | 
 |     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) { | 
 |       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(), | 
 |                                                    Amt.getConstantLength()); | 
 |       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width), | 
 |                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()), | 
 |                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R, | 
 |                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here | 
 |     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   // Consume the argument. | 
 |   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex(); | 
 |   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) { | 
 |       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later. | 
 |       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this | 
 |       // function if we encounter some other error. | 
 |     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex); | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier. | 
 |   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo())) | 
 |     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, | 
 |                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length); | 
 |   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier()) | 
 |     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination()) | 
 |     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, | 
 |                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts())) | 
 |     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments. | 
 |   if (HasVAListArg) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |    | 
 |   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |    | 
 |   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier. | 
 |   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex); | 
 |   if (!Ex) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context); | 
 |   if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) { | 
 |     ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS; | 
 |     bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), | 
 |                                    Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(), | 
 |                                    S.getLangOpts(), S.Context); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (success) { | 
 |       // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier. | 
 |       SmallString<128> buf; | 
 |       llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf); | 
 |       fixedFS.toString(os); | 
 |  | 
 |       EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) | 
 |           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType() << false | 
 |           << Ex->getSourceRange(), | 
 |         Ex->getLocStart(), | 
 |         /*IsStringLocation*/false, | 
 |         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), | 
 |         FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | 
 |           getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), | 
 |           os.str())); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch) | 
 |           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType() << false | 
 |           << Ex->getSourceRange(), | 
 |         Ex->getLocStart(), | 
 |         /*IsStringLocation*/false, | 
 |         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, | 
 |                              const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, | 
 |                              ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                              bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, | 
 |                              unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, | 
 |                              bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType, | 
 |                              llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) { | 
 |    | 
 |   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal? | 
 |   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) { | 
 |     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |       *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], | 
 |       PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(), | 
 |       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated! | 
 |   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString(); | 
 |   const char *Str = StrRef.data(); | 
 |   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration. | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType()); | 
 |   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!"); | 
 |   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue(); | 
 |   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size()); | 
 |   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an | 
 |   // embedded null character. | 
 |   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() && | 
 |       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) { | 
 |     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |         *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], | 
 |         PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated), | 
 |         FExpr->getLocStart(), | 
 |         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // CHECK: empty format string? | 
 |   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) { | 
 |     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic( | 
 |       *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx], | 
 |       PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(), | 
 |       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) { | 
 |     CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, | 
 |                          numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString), | 
 |                          Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, | 
 |                          inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |    | 
 |     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen, | 
 |                                                   getLangOpts(), | 
 |                                                   Context.getTargetInfo())) | 
 |       H.DoneProcessing(); | 
 |   } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) { | 
 |     CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs, | 
 |                         Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, | 
 |                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs); | 
 |      | 
 |     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen, | 
 |                                                  getLangOpts(), | 
 |                                                  Context.getTargetInfo())) | 
 |       H.DoneProcessing(); | 
 |   } // TODO: handle other formats | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one | 
 | // does not exist. | 
 | static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) { | 
 |   switch (AbsFunction) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: | 
 |     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: | 
 |     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BIabs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BIlabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIlabs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BIllabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIllabs: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BIfabsf: | 
 |     return Builtin::BIfabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIfabs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BIfabsl; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIfabsl: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BIcabsf: | 
 |    return Builtin::BIcabs; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIcabs: | 
 |     return Builtin::BIcabsl; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIcabsl: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function. | 
 | static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                              unsigned AbsType) { | 
 |   if (AbsType == 0) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None; | 
 |   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error); | 
 |   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |   if (!FT) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return FT->getParamType(0); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and | 
 | // current absolute value function. | 
 | static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType, | 
 |                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) { | 
 |   unsigned BestKind = 0; | 
 |   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType); | 
 |   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0; | 
 |        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) { | 
 |     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind); | 
 |     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) { | 
 |       if (BestKind == 0) | 
 |         BestKind = Kind; | 
 |       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) { | 
 |         BestKind = Kind; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return BestKind; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | enum AbsoluteValueKind { | 
 |   AVK_Integer, | 
 |   AVK_Floating, | 
 |   AVK_Complex | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) { | 
 |   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | 
 |     return AVK_Integer; | 
 |   if (T->isRealFloatingType()) | 
 |     return AVK_Floating; | 
 |   if (T->isAnyComplexType()) | 
 |     return AVK_Complex; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether | 
 | // the function is a builtin. | 
 | static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind, | 
 |                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) { | 
 |   switch (ValueKind) { | 
 |   case AVK_Integer: | 
 |     switch (AbsKind) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: | 
 |       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs; | 
 |     case Builtin::BIfabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIfabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIfabsl: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIcabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIcabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIcabsl: | 
 |       return Builtin::BIabs; | 
 |     } | 
 |   case AVK_Floating: | 
 |     switch (AbsKind) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: | 
 |       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf; | 
 |     case Builtin::BIabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIlabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIllabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIcabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIcabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIcabsl: | 
 |       return Builtin::BIfabsf; | 
 |     } | 
 |   case AVK_Complex: | 
 |     switch (AbsKind) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: | 
 |       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf; | 
 |     case Builtin::BIabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIlabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIllabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIfabsf: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIfabs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BIfabsl: | 
 |       return Builtin::BIcabsf; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) { | 
 |   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier(); | 
 |   if (!FnInfo) | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIlabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIllabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIfabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIfabsf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIfabsl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIcabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIcabsf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIcabsl: | 
 |     return FDecl->getBuiltinID(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function. | 
 | // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included. | 
 | static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | 
 |                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) { | 
 |   bool EmitHeaderHint = true; | 
 |   const char *HeaderName = nullptr; | 
 |   const char *FunctionName = nullptr; | 
 |   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |     FunctionName = "std::abs"; | 
 |     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |       HeaderName = "cstdlib"; | 
 |     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       HeaderName = "cmath"; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Lookup all std::abs | 
 |     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) { | 
 |       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName); | 
 |       R.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std); | 
 |  | 
 |       for (const auto *I : R) { | 
 |         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr; | 
 |         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) { | 
 |           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl()); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I); | 
 |         } | 
 |         if (!FDecl) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones. | 
 |         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument. | 
 |         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(); | 
 |         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) && | 
 |             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= | 
 |                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) { | 
 |           // Found a function, don't need the header hint. | 
 |           EmitHeaderHint = false; | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(AbsKind); | 
 |     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (HeaderName) { | 
 |       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName)); | 
 |       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName); | 
 |       R.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (R.isSingleResult()) { | 
 |         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) { | 
 |           EmitHeaderHint = false; | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else if (!R.empty()) { | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function) | 
 |       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!HeaderName) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!EmitHeaderHint) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) << HeaderName << FunctionName; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) { | 
 |   if (!FDecl) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs")) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext()); | 
 |  | 
 |   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) { | 
 |     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std")) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Warn when using the wrong abs() function. | 
 | void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, | 
 |                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl, | 
 |                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) { | 
 |   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl); | 
 |   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl); | 
 |   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(); | 
 |   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Unsigned types can not be negative.  Suggest to drop the absolute value | 
 |   // function. | 
 |   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) { | 
 |     const char *FunctionName = | 
 |         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(AbsKind); | 
 |     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType; | 
 |     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs) | 
 |         << FunctionName | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems | 
 |   // from occurring. | 
 |   if (IsStdAbs) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType); | 
 |   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right | 
 |   // size. | 
 |   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) { | 
 |     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind); | 
 |     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small) | 
 |         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NewAbsKind == 0) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind | 
 |   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the | 
 |   // proper one. | 
 |   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind); | 
 |   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind); | 
 |   if (NewAbsKind == 0) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type) | 
 |       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind; | 
 |  | 
 |   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType); | 
 |   return; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions | 
 | /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`. | 
 | static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName, | 
 |                                            SourceLocation FnLoc, | 
 |                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | 
 |   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | 
 |   if (!Size) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||: | 
 |   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison) | 
 |       << SizeRange << FnName; | 
 |   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren) | 
 |       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | 
 |                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")") | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); | 
 |   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(") | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()), | 
 |                                     ")"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type | 
 | /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable). | 
 | static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T, | 
 |                                                      bool &IsContained) { | 
 |   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers. | 
 |   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); | 
 |   IsContained = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr; | 
 |   if (!RD) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RD->isDynamicClass()) | 
 |     return RD; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic. | 
 |   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so | 
 |   // infinite recursion is impossible. | 
 |   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) { | 
 |     bool SubContained; | 
 |     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD = | 
 |             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) { | 
 |       IsContained = true; | 
 |       return ContainedRD; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression, | 
 | /// otherwise returns NULL. | 
 | static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) { | 
 |   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = | 
 |       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) | 
 |     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType()) | 
 |       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type. | 
 | static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) { | 
 |   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = | 
 |       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) | 
 |     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf) | 
 |       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return QualType(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset(). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified | 
 | /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp' | 
 | /// function calls. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose. | 
 | void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, | 
 |                                    unsigned BId, | 
 |                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) { | 
 |   assert(BId != 0); | 
 |  | 
 |   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate | 
 |   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking. | 
 |   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3); | 
 |   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || | 
 |                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2); | 
 |   unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2); | 
 |   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName, | 
 |                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression. | 
 |   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr); | 
 |   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr); | 
 |   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) { | 
 |     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType(); | 
 |     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | 
 |       QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress | 
 |       // false positives. | 
 |       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by | 
 |       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the | 
 |       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is | 
 |       // enabled. | 
 |       if (SizeOfArg && | 
 |           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, | 
 |                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) { | 
 |         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and | 
 |         // cache the sizeof arg's ID. | 
 |         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID()) | 
 |           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true); | 
 |         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID; | 
 |         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true); | 
 |         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) { | 
 |           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst) | 
 |           //       over sizeof(src) as well. | 
 |           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing. | 
 |           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName(); | 
 |  | 
 |           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest)) | 
 |             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) | 
 |               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it. | 
 |           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() && | 
 |               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth())) | 
 |             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char), | 
 |                            // suggest an explicit length. | 
 |  | 
 |           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro | 
 |           // expansion. | 
 |           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc(); | 
 |           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange(); | 
 |           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager(); | 
 |  | 
 |           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) { | 
 |             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts); | 
 |             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL); | 
 |             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()), | 
 |                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd())); | 
 |             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()), | 
 |                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd())); | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg, | 
 |                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess) | 
 |                                 << ReadableName | 
 |                                 << PointeeTy | 
 |                                 << DestTy | 
 |                                 << DSR | 
 |                                 << SSR); | 
 |           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg, | 
 |                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note) | 
 |                                 << ActionIdx | 
 |                                 << SSR); | 
 |  | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same | 
 |       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined | 
 |       // record type. | 
 |       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) { | 
 |         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() && | 
 |             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) { | 
 |           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest, | 
 |                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess) | 
 |                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx | 
 |                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange() | 
 |                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange()); | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Always complain about dynamic classes. | 
 |       bool IsContained; | 
 |       if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD = | 
 |               getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) { | 
 |  | 
 |         unsigned OperationType = 0; | 
 |         // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call | 
 |         // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call. | 
 |         if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) { | 
 |           if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy) | 
 |             OperationType = 1; | 
 |           else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove) | 
 |             OperationType = 2; | 
 |           else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) | 
 |             OperationType = 3; | 
 |         } | 
 |            | 
 |         DiagRuntimeBehavior( | 
 |           Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, | 
 |           PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess) | 
 |             << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx) | 
 |             << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType | 
 |             << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); | 
 |       } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && | 
 |                BId != Builtin::BImemset) | 
 |         DiagRuntimeBehavior( | 
 |           Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, | 
 |           PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess) | 
 |             << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy | 
 |             << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange()); | 
 |       else | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       DiagRuntimeBehavior( | 
 |         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest, | 
 |         PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)")); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals. | 
 | // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because | 
 | // we don't want to remove sizeof(). | 
 | static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) { | 
 |   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (;;) { | 
 |     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex); | 
 |     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp()) | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |      | 
 |     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS)) | 
 |       Ex = LHS; | 
 |     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS)) | 
 |       Ex = RHS; | 
 |     else | 
 |       break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Ex; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty, | 
 |                                                       ASTContext &Context) { | 
 |   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members. | 
 |   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { | 
 |     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1. | 
 |     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat | 
 | // be the size of the source, instead of the destination. | 
 | void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, | 
 |                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) { | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments | 
 |   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context); | 
 |   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context); | 
 |   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName, | 
 |                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |    | 
 |   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))' | 
 |   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg)) | 
 |     CompareWithSrc = Ex; | 
 |   else { | 
 |     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))' | 
 |     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) { | 
 |       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen && | 
 |           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1) | 
 |         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CompareWithSrc) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source | 
 |   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do | 
 |   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with | 
 |   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique: | 
 |   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg); | 
 |   if (!SrcArgDRE) | 
 |     return; | 
 |    | 
 |   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc); | 
 |   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||  | 
 |       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |    | 
 |   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2); | 
 |   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size) | 
 |     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName; | 
 |    | 
 |   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a | 
 |   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some | 
 |   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2' | 
 |   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'. | 
 |   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallString<128> sizeString; | 
 |   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString); | 
 |   OS << "sizeof("; | 
 |   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |   OS << ")"; | 
 |    | 
 |   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size) | 
 |     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(), | 
 |                                     OS.str()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration. | 
 | static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) { | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1)) | 
 |     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2)) | 
 |       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) { | 
 |   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); | 
 |     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat. | 
 | // The correct size argument should look like following: | 
 | //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1); | 
 | void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE, | 
 |                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) { | 
 |   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments. | 
 |   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(), | 
 |                                      CE->getRParenLoc())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument | 
 |   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows. | 
 |   unsigned PatternType = 0; | 
 |   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) { | 
 |     // - sizeof(dst) | 
 |     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg)) | 
 |       PatternType = 1; | 
 |     // - sizeof(src) | 
 |     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg)) | 
 |       PatternType = 2; | 
 |   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) { | 
 |     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { | 
 |       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst) | 
 |       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) && | 
 |           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R))) | 
 |         PatternType = 1; | 
 |       // - sizeof(src) - (anything) | 
 |       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L))) | 
 |         PatternType = 2; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PatternType == 0) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Generate the diagnostic. | 
 |   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart(); | 
 |   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion. | 
 |   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) { | 
 |     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL); | 
 |     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()), | 
 |                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd())); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array). | 
 |   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType(); | 
 |   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy, | 
 |                                                                     Context); | 
 |   if (!isKnownSizeArray) { | 
 |     if (PatternType == 1) | 
 |       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR; | 
 |     else | 
 |       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR; | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PatternType == 1) | 
 |     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR; | 
 |   else | 
 |     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR; | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallString<128> sizeString; | 
 |   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString); | 
 |   OS << "sizeof("; | 
 |   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |   OS << ") - "; | 
 |   OS << "strlen("; | 
 |   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |   OS << ") - 1"; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size) | 
 |     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, | 
 |                      Decl *ParentDecl); | 
 | static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, | 
 |                       Decl *ParentDecl); | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address | 
 | ///   of a stack variable. | 
 | static void | 
 | CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, | 
 |                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) { | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *stackE = nullptr; | 
 |   SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks, | 
 |   // label addresses or references to temporaries. | 
 |   if (lhsType->isPointerType() || | 
 |       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) { | 
 |     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr); | 
 |   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!stackE) | 
 |     return; // Nothing suspicious was found. | 
 |  | 
 |   SourceLocation diagLoc; | 
 |   SourceRange diagRange; | 
 |   if (refVars.empty()) { | 
 |     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart(); | 
 |     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the | 
 |     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing | 
 |     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of | 
 |     // reference variables using notes. | 
 |     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart(); | 
 |     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var. | 
 |     S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref | 
 |                                              : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr) | 
 |      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange; | 
 |   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block. | 
 |     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange; | 
 |   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label. | 
 |     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange; | 
 |   } else { // local temporary. | 
 |     S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref | 
 |                                                : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr) | 
 |      << diagRange; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we | 
 |   // found the problematic expression using notes. | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |     VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl()); | 
 |     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next | 
 |     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case | 
 |     // show the range of the expression. | 
 |     SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange() | 
 |                                   : stackE->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind) | 
 |         << VD->getDeclName() << range; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that | 
 | ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address | 
 | ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a | 
 | ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the | 
 | ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we | 
 | ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the | 
 | ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to | 
 | ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking. | 
 | /// | 
 | ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate | 
 | ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the | 
 | ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was. | 
 | /// | 
 | ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as | 
 | ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values. | 
 | ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic | 
 | ///  expressions. | 
 | /// | 
 | ///  This implementation handles: | 
 | /// | 
 | ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts | 
 | ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers | 
 | ///   * taking the address of fields | 
 | ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators | 
 | ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable | 
 | ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack | 
 | static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, | 
 |                       Decl *ParentDecl) { | 
 |   if (E->isTypeDependent()) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions. | 
 |   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() || | 
 |           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() || | 
 |           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && | 
 |          "EvalAddr only works on pointers"); | 
 |  | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently | 
 |   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling | 
 |   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately. | 
 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { | 
 |     DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end. | 
 |     if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) | 
 |       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that | 
 |       // it points to. | 
 |       if (V->hasLocalStorage() && | 
 |           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) { | 
 |         // Add the reference variable to the "trail". | 
 |         refVars.push_back(DR); | 
 |         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here | 
 |     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers. | 
 |     UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) | 
 |       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |     else | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid | 
 |     // in this context. | 
 |     BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | 
 |     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     Expr *Base = B->getLHS(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be | 
 |     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS. | 
 |     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS(); | 
 |  | 
 |     assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType()); | 
 |     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are | 
 |   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it. | 
 |   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |     ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS. | 
 |     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here. | 
 |     if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) { | 
 |       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. | 
 |       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) | 
 |         if (Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl)) | 
 |           return LHS; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. | 
 |     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::BlockExprClass: | 
 |     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) | 
 |       return E; // local block. | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass: | 
 |     return E; // address of label. | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass: | 
 |     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars, | 
 |                     ParentDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to | 
 |   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions. | 
 |   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: { | 
 |     Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | 
 |     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     case CK_LValueToRValue: | 
 |     case CK_NoOp: | 
 |     case CK_BaseToDerived: | 
 |     case CK_DerivedToBase: | 
 |     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | 
 |     case CK_Dynamic: | 
 |     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: | 
 |       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | 
 |       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_BitCast: | 
 |       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() || | 
 |           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() || | 
 |           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | 
 |         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |       else | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: | 
 |     if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr( | 
 |                          cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(), | 
 |                                 refVars, ParentDecl)) | 
 |       return Result; | 
 |        | 
 |     return E; | 
 |        | 
 |   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them. | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion. | 
 | ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details. | 
 | static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars, | 
 |                      Decl *ParentDecl) { | 
 | do { | 
 |   // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or | 
 |   // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead | 
 |   // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type). | 
 |  | 
 |   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently | 
 |   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling | 
 |   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately. | 
 |  | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | 
 |     ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | 
 |     if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) { | 
 |       E = IE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass: | 
 |     return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { | 
 |     // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a | 
 |     // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has | 
 |     // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression. | 
 |     DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end. | 
 |     if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) { | 
 |       // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;". | 
 |       if (V == ParentDecl) | 
 |         return DR; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (V->hasLocalStorage()) { | 
 |         if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |           return DR; | 
 |  | 
 |         // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that | 
 |         // it points to. | 
 |         if (V->hasInit()) { | 
 |           // Add the reference variable to the "trail". | 
 |           refVars.push_back(DR); | 
 |           return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here | 
 |     // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes | 
 |     // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator. | 
 |     UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | 
 |       return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | 
 |     // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We | 
 |     // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed | 
 |     // has local storage. | 
 |     return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |     // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are | 
 |     // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it. | 
 |     ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS. | 
 |     if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) { | 
 |       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. | 
 |       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) | 
 |         if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl)) | 
 |           return LHS; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type. | 
 |     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack. | 
 |   case Stmt::MemberExprClass: { | 
 |     MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses. | 
 |     if (M->isArrow()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case | 
 |     // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to. | 
 |     if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: | 
 |     if (Expr *Result = EvalVal( | 
 |                           cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(), | 
 |                                refVars, ParentDecl)) | 
 |       return Result; | 
 |        | 
 |     return E; | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a | 
 |     // temporary. This is only useful in C++. | 
 |     if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue()) | 
 |       return E; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them. | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 | } while (true); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, | 
 |                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc, | 
 |                          bool isObjCMethod, | 
 |                          const AttrVec *Attrs, | 
 |                          const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check if the return value is null but should not be. | 
 |   if (Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs) && | 
 |       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp)) | 
 |     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret) | 
 |       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4: | 
 |   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing | 
 |   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return | 
 |   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate | 
 |   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...] | 
 |   if (FD) { | 
 |     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); | 
 |     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) { | 
 |       const FunctionProtoType *Proto | 
 |         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) && | 
 |           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp)) | 
 |         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null) | 
 |           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. | 
 | /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely | 
 | /// to do what the programmer intended. | 
 | void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) { | 
 |   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK). | 
 |   // Do not emit warnings for such cases. | 
 |   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen)) | 
 |     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen)) | 
 |       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly | 
 |   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This | 
 |   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to | 
 |   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can | 
 |   //  lead to false negatives. | 
 |   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) { | 
 |     if (FLL->isExact()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } else | 
 |     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen)) | 
 |       if (FLR->isExact()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for comparisons with builtin types. | 
 |   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen)) | 
 |     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen)) | 
 |     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Emit the diagnostic. | 
 |   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq) | 
 |     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===// | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued | 
 | /// expression. | 
 | struct IntRange { | 
 |   /// The number of bits active in the int. | 
 |   unsigned Width; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values. | 
 |   bool NonNegative; | 
 |  | 
 |   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative) | 
 |     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative) | 
 |   {} | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Returns the range of the bool type. | 
 |   static IntRange forBoolType() { | 
 |     return IntRange(1, true); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type. | 
 |   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { | 
 |     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C, | 
 |                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type. | 
 |   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) { | 
 |     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) | 
 |       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T)) | 
 |       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators. | 
 |     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) { | 
 |       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition()) | 
 |         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false); | 
 |  | 
 |       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits(); | 
 |       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (NumNegative == 0) | 
 |         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/); | 
 |       else | 
 |         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative), | 
 |                         false/*NonNegative*/); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T); | 
 |     assert(BT->isInteger()); | 
 |  | 
 |     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e. | 
 |   /// the range of values expressible in the type. | 
 |   /// | 
 |   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the | 
 |   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators. | 
 |   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) { | 
 |     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T)) | 
 |       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T)) | 
 |       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) | 
 |       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T); | 
 |     assert(BT->isInteger()); | 
 |  | 
 |     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge. | 
 |   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) { | 
 |     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width), | 
 |                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge. | 
 |   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) { | 
 |     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width), | 
 |                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, | 
 |                               unsigned MaxWidth) { | 
 |   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative()) | 
 |     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth) | 
 |     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering | 
 |   // signedness. | 
 |   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty, | 
 |                               unsigned MaxWidth) { | 
 |   if (result.isInt()) | 
 |     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (result.isVector()) { | 
 |     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth); | 
 |     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth); | 
 |       R = IntRange::join(R, El); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return R; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (result.isComplexInt()) { | 
 |     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     return IntRange::join(R, I); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues. | 
 |   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits. | 
 |   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get | 
 |   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue | 
 |   // preserved this. | 
 |   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff()); | 
 |   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static QualType GetExprType(Expr *E) { | 
 |   QualType Ty = E->getType(); | 
 |   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>()) | 
 |     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType(); | 
 |   return Ty; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the | 
 | /// range of values it might take. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated | 
 | static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) { | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Try a full evaluation first. | 
 |   Expr::EvalResult result; | 
 |   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C)) | 
 |     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the | 
 |   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as | 
 |   // being of the new, wider type. | 
 |   if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) | 
 |       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE)); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type. | 
 |     if (!isIntegerCast) | 
 |       return OutputTypeRange; | 
 |  | 
 |     IntRange SubRange | 
 |       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), | 
 |                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width)); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type. | 
 |     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width) | 
 |       return OutputTypeRange; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if | 
 |     // either the output type or the subexpr is. | 
 |     return IntRange(SubRange.Width, | 
 |                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { | 
 |     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand. | 
 |     bool CondResult; | 
 |     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C)) | 
 |       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr() | 
 |                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(), | 
 |                           MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Otherwise, conservatively merge. | 
 |     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     return IntRange::join(L, R); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |     switch (BO->getOpcode()) { | 
 |  | 
 |     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive. | 
 |     case BO_LAnd: | 
 |     case BO_LOr: | 
 |     case BO_LT: | 
 |     case BO_GT: | 
 |     case BO_LE: | 
 |     case BO_GE: | 
 |     case BO_EQ: | 
 |     case BO_NE: | 
 |       return IntRange::forBoolType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS | 
 |     // is not necessarily the same type. | 
 |     case BO_MulAssign: | 
 |     case BO_DivAssign: | 
 |     case BO_RemAssign: | 
 |     case BO_AddAssign: | 
 |     case BO_SubAssign: | 
 |     case BO_XorAssign: | 
 |     case BO_OrAssign: | 
 |       // TODO: bitfields? | 
 |       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have | 
 |     // been coerced to the LHS type. | 
 |     case BO_Assign: | 
 |       // TODO: bitfields? | 
 |       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed. | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemD: | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemI: | 
 |       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges. | 
 |     case BO_And: | 
 |     case BO_AndAssign: | 
 |       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth), | 
 |                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth)); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call. | 
 |     case BO_Shl: | 
 |       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically | 
 |       // positive.  It's an important idiom. | 
 |       if (IntegerLiteral *I | 
 |             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | 
 |         if (I->getValue() == 1) { | 
 |           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 |           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       // fallthrough | 
 |  | 
 |     case BO_ShlAssign: | 
 |       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument. | 
 |     case BO_Shr: | 
 |     case BO_ShrAssign: { | 
 |       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by | 
 |       // that much. | 
 |       llvm::APSInt shift; | 
 |       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) && | 
 |           shift.isNonNegative()) { | 
 |         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue(); | 
 |         if (zext >= L.Width) | 
 |           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1); | 
 |         else | 
 |           L.Width -= zext; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return L; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Comma acts as its right operand. | 
 |     case BO_Comma: | 
 |       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Black-list pointer subtractions. | 
 |     case BO_Sub: | 
 |       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 |         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size | 
 |     // of the LHS. | 
 |     case BO_Div: { | 
 |       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands. | 
 |       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)); | 
 |       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If the divisor is constant, use that. | 
 |       llvm::APSInt divisor; | 
 |       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) { | 
 |         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor)) | 
 |         if (log2 >= L.Width) | 
 |           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1); | 
 |         else | 
 |           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth); | 
 |         return L; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width. | 
 |       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth); | 
 |       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of | 
 |     // either side. | 
 |     case BO_Rem: { | 
 |       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands. | 
 |       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)); | 
 |       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth); | 
 |       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R); | 
 |       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth); | 
 |       return meet; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The default behavior is okay for these. | 
 |     case BO_Mul: | 
 |     case BO_Add: | 
 |     case BO_Xor: | 
 |     case BO_Or: | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed | 
 |     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands. | 
 |     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     return IntRange::join(L, R); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |     switch (UO->getOpcode()) { | 
 |     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed. | 
 |     case UO_LNot: | 
 |       return IntRange::forBoolType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed. | 
 |     case UO_Deref: | 
 |     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible | 
 |       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) | 
 |     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getSourceBitField()) | 
 |     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C), | 
 |                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) { | 
 |   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E))); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given | 
 | /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the | 
 | /// target semantics. | 
 | static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value, | 
 |                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Src, | 
 |                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) { | 
 |   llvm::APFloat truncated = value; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ignored; | 
 |   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | 
 |   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | 
 |  | 
 |   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given | 
 | /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the | 
 | /// target semantics. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number). | 
 | static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value, | 
 |                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Src, | 
 |                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) { | 
 |   if (value.isFloat()) | 
 |     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (value.isVector()) { | 
 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) | 
 |       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(value.isComplexFloat()); | 
 |   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) && | 
 |           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); | 
 |  | 
 | static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | 
 |   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant. | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = | 
 |       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) | 
 |     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro. | 
 |   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 |   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) { | 
 |   // Strip off implicit integral promotions. | 
 |   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast && | 
 |         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp) | 
 |       break; | 
 |     E = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   // Disable warning in template instantiations. | 
 |   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode(); | 
 |   if (E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) { | 
 |     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison) | 
 |       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS()) | 
 |       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) { | 
 |     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison) | 
 |       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS()) | 
 |       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) { | 
 |     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison) | 
 |       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS()) | 
 |       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) { | 
 |     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison) | 
 |       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS()) | 
 |       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                                          Expr *Constant, Expr *Other, | 
 |                                          llvm::APSInt Value, | 
 |                                          bool RhsConstant) { | 
 |   // Disable warning in template instantiations. | 
 |   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds | 
 |   // on the bit ranges. | 
 |   QualType OtherT = Other->getType(); | 
 |   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT); | 
 |   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(). | 
 |   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode(); | 
 |   bool IsTrue = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Used for diagnostic printout. | 
 |   enum { | 
 |     LiteralConstant = 0, | 
 |     CXXBoolLiteralTrue, | 
 |     CXXBoolLiteralFalse | 
 |   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) { | 
 |     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType(); | 
 |     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) && | 
 |            "comparison with non-integer type"); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType(); | 
 |     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool EqualityOnly = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (CommonSigned) { | 
 |       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion. | 
 |       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) { | 
 |         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT. | 
 |         if (ConstantSigned) { | 
 |           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits()) | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } else { // !ConstantSigned | 
 |           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1) | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else { // !OtherSigned | 
 |                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT. | 
 |         // Negative values are out of range. | 
 |         if (ConstantSigned) { | 
 |           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } else { // !ConstantSigned | 
 |           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { // !CommonSigned | 
 |       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) { | 
 |         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits()) | 
 |           return; | 
 |       } else { // OtherSigned | 
 |         assert(!ConstantSigned && | 
 |                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types."); | 
 |         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT. | 
 |         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits()) | 
 |           return; | 
 |         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value | 
 |         // cast to CommonT. | 
 |         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) == | 
 |                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) && | 
 |             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth) | 
 |           return; | 
 |         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent | 
 |         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality | 
 |         // comparisons will be tautological. | 
 |         EqualityOnly = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) { | 
 |       IsTrue = op == BO_NE; | 
 |     } else if (EqualityOnly) { | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } else if (RhsConstant) { | 
 |       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE) | 
 |         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant; | 
 |       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE | 
 |         IsTrue = PositiveConstant; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE) | 
 |         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant; | 
 |       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE | 
 |         IsTrue = PositiveConstant; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue | 
 |     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn }; | 
 |     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal }; | 
 |     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides }; | 
 |  | 
 |     static const struct LinkedConditions { | 
 |       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal]; | 
 |       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal]; | 
 |       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal]; | 
 |       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal]; | 
 |       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal]; | 
 |       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal]; | 
 |  | 
 |     } TruthTable = { | 
 |         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              | | 
 |         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| | 
 |         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } }, | 
 |         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } }, | 
 |         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } }, | 
 |         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } }, | 
 |         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } }, | 
 |         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } } | 
 |       }; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant); | 
 |  | 
 |     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero; | 
 |     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { | 
 |       if (Value == 0) { | 
 |         LiteralOrBoolConstant = | 
 |             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant; | 
 |         ConstVal = Zero; | 
 |       } else if (Value == 1) { | 
 |         LiteralOrBoolConstant = | 
 |             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant; | 
 |         ConstVal = One; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant; | 
 |         ConstVal = GT_One; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       ConstVal = LT_Zero; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes; | 
 |  | 
 |     switch (op) { | 
 |     case BO_LT: | 
 |       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case BO_GT: | 
 |       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case BO_LE: | 
 |       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case BO_GE: | 
 |       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case BO_EQ: | 
 |       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case BO_NE: | 
 |       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal]; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     default: | 
 |       CmpRes = Unkwn; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (CmpRes == AFals) { | 
 |       IsTrue = false; | 
 |     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) { | 
 |       IsTrue = true; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that | 
 |   // constant in the diagnostic. | 
 |   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr; | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant)) | 
 |     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue; | 
 |   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue); | 
 |   if (ED) | 
 |     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")"; | 
 |   else | 
 |     OS << Value; | 
 |  | 
 |   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior( | 
 |     E->getOperatorLoc(), E, | 
 |     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare) | 
 |         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant | 
 |         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue | 
 |         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the | 
 | /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison. | 
 | static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings | 
 | static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   // The type the comparison is being performed in. | 
 |   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType(); | 
 |   assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()) | 
 |          && "comparison with mismatched types"); | 
 |   if (E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |    | 
 |   bool IsComparisonConstant = false; | 
 |    | 
 |   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value | 
 |   // of 'true' or 'false'. | 
 |   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | 
 |     llvm::APSInt RHSValue; | 
 |     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =  | 
 |       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context); | 
 |     llvm::APSInt LHSValue; | 
 |     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =  | 
 |       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context); | 
 |     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral) | 
 |         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true); | 
 |     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral) | 
 |       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false); | 
 |     else | 
 |       IsComparisonConstant =  | 
 |         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral); | 
 |   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()) | 
 |       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context); | 
 |    | 
 |   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral | 
 |   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and | 
 |   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions | 
 |   // whose result is a constant. | 
 |   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant) | 
 |     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); | 
 |    | 
 |   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different | 
 |   // signedness. | 
 |   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand; | 
 |   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) { | 
 |     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && | 
 |            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?"); | 
 |     signedOperand = LHS; | 
 |     unsignedOperand = RHS; | 
 |   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) { | 
 |     signedOperand = RHS; | 
 |     unsignedOperand = LHS; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E); | 
 |     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand. | 
 |   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note | 
 |   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides. | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire, | 
 |   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true | 
 |   // or false. | 
 |   if (signedRange.NonNegative) | 
 |     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a | 
 |   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand, | 
 |   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not | 
 |   // change the result of the comparison. | 
 |   if (E->isEqualityOp()) { | 
 |     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T); | 
 |     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand); | 
 |  | 
 |     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is | 
 |     // non-negative. | 
 |     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?"); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E, | 
 |     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison) | 
 |       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType() | 
 |       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt. | 
 | static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init, | 
 |                                       SourceLocation InitLoc) { | 
 |   assert(Bitfield->isBitField()); | 
 |   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // White-list bool bitfields. | 
 |   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions. | 
 |   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() || | 
 |       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() || | 
 |       Init->isValueDependent() || | 
 |       Init->isTypeDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 |   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth(); | 
 |   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain. | 
 |   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth); | 
 |   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value. | 
 |   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth); | 
 |   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and | 
 |   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1. | 
 |   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10); | 
 |   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10); | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant) | 
 |     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType() | 
 |     << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy | 
 | /// operations. | 
 | static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   // Just recurse on the LHS. | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to | 
 |   // a bitfield. | 
 |   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) { | 
 |     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(), | 
 |                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) { | 
 |       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS. | 
 |       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), | 
 |                                         E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion. | 
 | static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,  | 
 |                             SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag, | 
 |                             bool pruneControlFlow = false) { | 
 |   if (pruneControlFlow) { | 
 |     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E, | 
 |                           S.PDiag(diag) | 
 |                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() | 
 |                             << SourceRange(CContext)); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag) | 
 |     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion. | 
 | static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, | 
 |                             SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag, | 
 |                             bool pruneControlFlow = false) { | 
 |   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the | 
 | /// cast wouldn't lose information. | 
 | void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T, | 
 |                                     SourceLocation CContext) { | 
 |   // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn. | 
 |   bool isExact = false; | 
 |   const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue(); | 
 |   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T), | 
 |                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()); | 
 |   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, | 
 |                              llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact) | 
 |       == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print | 
 |   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we | 
 |   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString | 
 |   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit | 
 |   // tricky to implement. | 
 |   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue; | 
 |   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics()); | 
 |   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196; | 
 |   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision); | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue; | 
 |   if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) | 
 |     PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true"; | 
 |   else | 
 |     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue); | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer) | 
 |     << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue | 
 |     << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) { | 
 |   if (!Range.Width) return "0"; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value; | 
 |   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative); | 
 |   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width); | 
 |   return ValueInRange.toString(10); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) { | 
 |   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr(); | 
 |   const Type *Source = | 
 |     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr(); | 
 |   if (Target->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT = | 
 |     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target); | 
 |   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source; | 
 |  | 
 |   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) && | 
 |           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint())); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall, | 
 |                                       SourceLocation CC) { | 
 |   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs(); | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) { | 
 |     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i); | 
 |     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) && | 
 |         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false)); | 
 |     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) && | 
 |         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false)); | 
 |     if (IsSwapped) { | 
 |       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion. | 
 |       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), | 
 |                       CurrA->getType(), CC, | 
 |                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, | 
 |                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) { | 
 |   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr(); | 
 |   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr(); | 
 |   if (Source == Target) return; | 
 |   if (Target->isDependentType()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also | 
 |   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of | 
 |   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we | 
 |   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that | 
 |   // scenario, we just return. | 
 |   if (CC.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool. | 
 |   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) { | 
 |     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E)) | 
 |       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical | 
 |       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are | 
 |       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions(). | 
 |       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, | 
 |                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool); | 
 |     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) || | 
 |         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C | 
 |       // objects. | 
 |       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, | 
 |                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) { | 
 |       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true. | 
 |       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false, | 
 |                                      SourceRange(CC)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Strip vector types. | 
 |   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) { | 
 |     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) { | 
 |       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |         return; | 
 |       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar); | 
 |     } | 
 |      | 
 |     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is | 
 |     // a bitcast, not a conversion. | 
 |     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target)) | 
 |     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Strip complex types. | 
 |   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) { | 
 |     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) { | 
 |       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source); | 
 |   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the source is floating point... | 
 |   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) { | 
 |     // ...and the target is floating point... | 
 |     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) { | 
 |       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank. | 
 |  | 
 |       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank. | 
 |       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) { | 
 |         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely | 
 |         // representable in the target type. | 
 |         Expr::EvalResult result; | 
 |         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) { | 
 |           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex. | 
 |           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val, | 
 |                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)), | 
 |                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0)))) | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |           return; | 
 |  | 
 |         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision); | 
 |       } | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the target is integral, always warn.     | 
 |     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) { | 
 |       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |         return; | 
 |        | 
 |       Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |       // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234" | 
 |       if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE)) | 
 |         if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus) | 
 |           InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) { | 
 |         DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call. | 
 |     if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) && | 
 |         isa<CallExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an | 
 |       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result | 
 |       // is being cast to. | 
 |       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E); | 
 |       unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs(); | 
 |       if (NumArgs > 0) { | 
 |         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1); | 
 |         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |         const Type *InnerType = | 
 |           S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr(); | 
 |         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) { | 
 |           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion | 
 |           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, | 
 |                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) | 
 |            == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType() | 
 |       && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType() | 
 |       && Target->isScalarType() && !Target->isNullPtrType()) { | 
 |     SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
 |     if (Loc.isMacroID()) | 
 |       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first; | 
 |     if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID()) | 
 |       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer) | 
 |           << T << clang::SourceRange(CC) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, | 
 |                                           S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool | 
 |   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed. | 
 |   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E); | 
 |   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) { | 
 |     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic. | 
 |     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too. | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Value(32); | 
 |     if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) { | 
 |       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10); | 
 |       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange); | 
 |  | 
 |       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E, | 
 |         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant) | 
 |             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue | 
 |             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange() | 
 |             << clang::SourceRange(CC)); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion. | 
 |     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64) | 
 |       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32, | 
 |                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true); | 
 |     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) || | 
 |       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative && | 
 |        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) { | 
 |          | 
 |     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare. | 
 |     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion. | 
 |     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic | 
 |     // in the sign-compare group. | 
 |     // The conditional-checking code will  | 
 |     if (ICContext) { | 
 |       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional; | 
 |       *ICContext = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types. | 
 |   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration | 
 |   // type, to give us better diagnostics. | 
 |   QualType SourceType = E->getType(); | 
 |   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | 
 |       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | 
 |         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); | 
 |         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); | 
 |         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr(); | 
 |       } | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>()) | 
 |     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>()) | 
 |       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() && | 
 |           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() && | 
 |           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) { | 
 |         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) | 
 |           return; | 
 |  | 
 |         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,  | 
 |                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types); | 
 |       } | 
 |    | 
 |   return; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, | 
 |                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T); | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, | 
 |                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) { | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) | 
 |     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T); | 
 |  | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC); | 
 |   if (E->getType() != T) | 
 |     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext); | 
 |   return; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E, | 
 |                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) { | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Suspicious = false; | 
 |   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious); | 
 |   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates | 
 |   // for a signedness conversion to the context type... | 
 |   if (!Suspicious) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // ...but it's currently ignored... | 
 |   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the | 
 |   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type. | 
 |   if (E->getType() == T) return; | 
 |   | 
 |   Suspicious = false; | 
 |   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), | 
 |                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious); | 
 |   if (!Suspicious) | 
 |     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), | 
 |                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting | 
 | /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple | 
 | /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare. | 
 | void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) { | 
 |   QualType T = OrigE->getType(); | 
 |   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |    | 
 |   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they | 
 |   // were being fed directly into the output. | 
 |   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { | 
 |     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); | 
 |     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls. | 
 |   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) | 
 |     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped. | 
 |   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization; | 
 |   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions. | 
 |   if (E->getType() != T) | 
 |     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Now continue drilling into this expression. | 
 |    | 
 |   if (PseudoObjectExpr * POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (POE->getResultExpr()) | 
 |       E = POE->getResultExpr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) | 
 |     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC); | 
 |    | 
 |   // Skip past explicit casts. | 
 |   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators. | 
 |     if (BO->isComparisonOp()) | 
 |       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO); | 
 |  | 
 |     // And with simple assignments. | 
 |     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) | 
 |       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately, | 
 |   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal | 
 |   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were | 
 |   // built into statements. | 
 |   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts. | 
 |   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Now just recurse over the expression's children. | 
 |   CC = E->getExprLoc(); | 
 |   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | 
 |   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd; | 
 |   for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) { | 
 |     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I); | 
 |     if (!ChildExpr) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (IsLogicalAndOperator && | 
 |         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) | 
 |       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators. | 
 |       // This is a common pattern for asserts. | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | enum { | 
 |   AddressOf, | 
 |   FunctionPointer, | 
 |   ArrayPointer | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer. | 
 | // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference. | 
 | static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E, | 
 |                               PartialDiagnostic PD) { | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     if (!Call->getCallReturnType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     FD = Call->getDirectCallee(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If possible, point to location of function. | 
 |   if (FD) { | 
 |     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null. | 
 | /// \param E the expression containing the pointer | 
 | /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is | 
 | /// compared to a null pointer | 
 | /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer | 
 | /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, | 
 |                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind, | 
 |                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) { | 
 |   if (!E) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn inside macros. | 
 |   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare | 
 |                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion; | 
 |     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual; | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsAddressOf = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     IsAddressOf = true; | 
 |     E = UO->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsAddressOf) { | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare | 
 |                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare | 
 |                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion; | 
 |     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range | 
 |                                          << IsEqual; | 
 |     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) { | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated. | 
 |   ValueDecl *D = nullptr; | 
 |   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     D = R->getDecl(); | 
 |   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | 
 |     D = M->getMemberDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Weak Decls can be null. | 
 |   if (!D || D->isWeak()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType T = D->getType(); | 
 |   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType(); | 
 |   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning. | 
 |   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) { | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Found nothing. | 
 |   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic. | 
 |   std::string Str; | 
 |   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str); | 
 |   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare | 
 |                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool; | 
 |   unsigned DiagType; | 
 |   if (IsAddressOf) | 
 |     DiagType = AddressOf; | 
 |   else if (IsFunction) | 
 |     DiagType = FunctionPointer; | 
 |   else if (IsArray) | 
 |     DiagType = ArrayPointer; | 
 |   else | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic."); | 
 |   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange() | 
 |                                 << Range << IsEqual; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!IsFunction) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning. | 
 |   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted. | 
 |   QualType ReturnType; | 
 |   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads; | 
 |   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads); | 
 |   if (ReturnType.isNull()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsCompare) { | 
 |     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest | 
 |     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return | 
 |     // type is a pointer or an integer type. | 
 |     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) { | 
 |       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression || | 
 |           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { | 
 |         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType()) | 
 |           return; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { // !IsCompare | 
 |     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool | 
 |     // return type. | 
 |     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } | 
 |   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given | 
 | /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion | 
 | /// and -Wsign-compare. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e. | 
 | ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit | 
 | ///   conversion | 
 | void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) { | 
 |   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts. | 
 |   if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions. | 
 |   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered | 
 |   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an | 
 |   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization. | 
 |   CheckArrayAccess(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization. | 
 |   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation | 
 | /// results in integer overflow | 
 | void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) { | 
 |   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) | 
 |     E->EvaluateForOverflow(Context); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the | 
 | /// same object. | 
 | class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> { | 
 |   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are | 
 |   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we | 
 |   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma | 
 |   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are | 
 |   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later. | 
 |   class SequenceTree { | 
 |     struct Value { | 
 |       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {} | 
 |       unsigned Parent : 31; | 
 |       bool Merged : 1; | 
 |     }; | 
 |     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values; | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect | 
 |     /// to some other region. | 
 |     class Seq { | 
 |       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {} | 
 |       unsigned Index; | 
 |       friend class SequenceTree; | 
 |     public: | 
 |       Seq() : Index(0) {} | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); } | 
 |     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced | 
 |     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with | 
 |     /// respect to other children of \p Parent. | 
 |     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) { | 
 |       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index)); | 
 |       return Seq(Values.size() - 1); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent. | 
 |     void merge(Seq S) { | 
 |       Values[S.Index].Merged = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation | 
 |     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old | 
 |     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate. | 
 |     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) { | 
 |       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index); | 
 |       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index); | 
 |       while (C >= Target) { | 
 |         if (C == Target) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         C = Values[C].Parent; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence. | 
 |     unsigned representative(unsigned K) { | 
 |       if (Values[K].Merged) | 
 |         // Perform path compression as we go. | 
 |         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent); | 
 |       return K; | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses. | 
 |   typedef NamedDecl *Object; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the | 
 |   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind. | 
 |   enum UsageKind { | 
 |     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK. | 
 |     UK_Use, | 
 |     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value | 
 |     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++. | 
 |     UK_ModAsValue, | 
 |     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value | 
 |     /// computation of the expression, such as n++. | 
 |     UK_ModAsSideEffect, | 
 |  | 
 |     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1 | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct Usage { | 
 |     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {} | 
 |     Expr *Use; | 
 |     SequenceTree::Seq Seq; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct UsageInfo { | 
 |     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {} | 
 |     Usage Uses[UK_Count]; | 
 |     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already? | 
 |     bool Diagnosed; | 
 |   }; | 
 |   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap; | 
 |  | 
 |   Sema &SemaRef; | 
 |   /// Sequenced regions within the expression. | 
 |   SequenceTree Tree; | 
 |   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen. | 
 |   UsageInfoMap UsageMap; | 
 |   /// The region we are currently within. | 
 |   SequenceTree::Seq Region; | 
 |   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect | 
 |   /// (that is, post-increment operations). | 
 |   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect; | 
 |   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce | 
 |   /// stack usage. | 
 |   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an | 
 |   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation | 
 |   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so | 
 |   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to | 
 |   /// UK_ModAsValue. | 
 |   struct SequencedSubexpression { | 
 |     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self) | 
 |       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) { | 
 |       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect; | 
 |     } | 
 |     ~SequencedSubexpression() { | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0, E = ModAsSideEffect.size(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[ModAsSideEffect[I].first]; | 
 |         U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect] = ModAsSideEffect[I].second; | 
 |         Self.addUsage(U, ModAsSideEffect[I].first, | 
 |                       ModAsSideEffect[I].second.Use, UK_ModAsValue); | 
 |       } | 
 |       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SequenceChecker &Self; | 
 |     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect; | 
 |     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might | 
 |   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and | 
 |   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of | 
 |   /// the outer expression. | 
 |   class EvaluationTracker { | 
 |   public: | 
 |     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self) | 
 |         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) { | 
 |       Self.EvalTracker = this; | 
 |     } | 
 |     ~EvaluationTracker() { | 
 |       Self.EvalTracker = Prev; | 
 |       if (Prev) | 
 |         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) { | 
 |       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context); | 
 |       return EvalOK; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     SequenceChecker &Self; | 
 |     EvaluationTracker *Prev; | 
 |     bool EvalOK; | 
 |   } *EvalTracker; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression, | 
 |   /// if any. | 
 |   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const { | 
 |     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec)) | 
 |         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod); | 
 |     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) | 
 |         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod); | 
 |       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp()) | 
 |         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod); | 
 |     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n". | 
 |       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts())) | 
 |         return ME->getMemberDecl(); | 
 |     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | 
 |       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value. | 
 |       return DRE->getDecl(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression. | 
 |   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) { | 
 |     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK]; | 
 |     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) { | 
 |       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect) | 
 |         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U)); | 
 |       U.Use = Ref; | 
 |       U.Seq = Region; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage. | 
 |   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind, | 
 |                   bool IsModMod) { | 
 |     if (UI.Diagnosed) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind]; | 
 |     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     Expr *Mod = U.Use; | 
 |     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref; | 
 |     if (OtherKind == UK_Use) | 
 |       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse); | 
 |  | 
 |     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod | 
 |                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use) | 
 |       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc()); | 
 |     UI.Diagnosed = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) { | 
 |     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; | 
 |     // Uses conflict with other modifications. | 
 |     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false); | 
 |   } | 
 |   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) { | 
 |     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; | 
 |     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false); | 
 |     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) { | 
 |     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; | 
 |     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses. | 
 |     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true); | 
 |     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false); | 
 |   } | 
 |   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) { | 
 |     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O]; | 
 |     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true); | 
 |     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList) | 
 |       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()), | 
 |         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) { | 
 |     Visit(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { | 
 |     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { | 
 |     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions. | 
 |     Base::VisitStmt(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     Object O = Object(); | 
 |     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) | 
 |       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (O) | 
 |       notePreUse(O, E); | 
 |     VisitExpr(E); | 
 |     if (O) | 
 |       notePostUse(O, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) { | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1: | 
 |     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left | 
 |     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side | 
 |     //   effect associated with the right expression. | 
 |     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region); | 
 |     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region); | 
 |     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region; | 
 |  | 
 |     { | 
 |       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this); | 
 |       Region = LHS; | 
 |       Visit(BO->getLHS()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Region = RHS; | 
 |     Visit(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |  | 
 |     Region = OldRegion; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced | 
 |     // with respect to other stuff. | 
 |     Tree.merge(LHS); | 
 |     Tree.merge(RHS); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) { | 
 |     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS | 
 |     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the | 
 |     // map afterwards. | 
 |     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true); | 
 |     if (!O) | 
 |       return VisitExpr(BO); | 
 |  | 
 |     notePreMod(O, BO); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7: | 
 |     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated | 
 |     //   only once. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used | 
 |     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself. | 
 |     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO)) | 
 |       notePreUse(O, BO); | 
 |  | 
 |     Visit(BO->getLHS()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO)) | 
 |       notePostUse(O, BO); | 
 |  | 
 |     Visit(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1: | 
 |     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the | 
 |     //   assignment expression. | 
 |     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule. | 
 |     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue | 
 |                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect); | 
 |   } | 
 |   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) { | 
 |     VisitBinAssign(CAO); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); } | 
 |   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); } | 
 |   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true); | 
 |     if (!O) | 
 |       return VisitExpr(UO); | 
 |  | 
 |     notePreMod(O, UO); | 
 |     Visit(UO->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1: | 
 |     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1 | 
 |     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue | 
 |                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); } | 
 |   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); } | 
 |   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true); | 
 |     if (!O) | 
 |       return VisitExpr(UO); | 
 |  | 
 |     notePreMod(O, UO); | 
 |     Visit(UO->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated. | 
 |   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) { | 
 |     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the | 
 |     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation | 
 |     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them | 
 |     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced. | 
 |     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); | 
 |     { | 
 |       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); | 
 |       Visit(BO->getLHS()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Result; | 
 |     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) { | 
 |       if (!Result) | 
 |         Visit(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an | 
 |       // entirely separate evaluation. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced | 
 |       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations | 
 |       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them. | 
 |       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) { | 
 |     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); | 
 |     { | 
 |       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); | 
 |       Visit(BO->getLHS()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Result; | 
 |     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) { | 
 |       if (Result) | 
 |         Visit(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will | 
 |   // be chosen. | 
 |   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) { | 
 |     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this); | 
 |     { | 
 |       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); | 
 |       Visit(CO->getCond()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Result; | 
 |     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result)) | 
 |       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr()); | 
 |       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) { | 
 |     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15: | 
 |     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect | 
 |     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression | 
 |     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every | 
 |     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before | 
 |     //   the value computation of its result]. | 
 |     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); | 
 |     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE); | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) { | 
 |     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result. | 
 |     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!CCE->isListInitialization()) | 
 |       return VisitExpr(CCE); | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced. | 
 |     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts; | 
 |     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region; | 
 |     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(), | 
 |                                         E = CCE->arg_end(); | 
 |          I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent); | 
 |       Elts.push_back(Region); | 
 |       Visit(*I); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced. | 
 |     Region = Parent; | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I) | 
 |       Tree.merge(Elts[I]); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) { | 
 |     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       return VisitExpr(ILE); | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced. | 
 |     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts; | 
 |     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region; | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) { | 
 |       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I); | 
 |       if (!E) continue; | 
 |       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent); | 
 |       Elts.push_back(Region); | 
 |       Visit(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced. | 
 |     Region = Parent; | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I) | 
 |       Tree.merge(Elts[I]); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) { | 
 |   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList; | 
 |   WorkList.push_back(E); | 
 |   while (!WorkList.empty()) { | 
 |     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val(); | 
 |     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc, | 
 |                               bool IsConstexpr) { | 
 |   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc); | 
 |   CheckUnsequencedOperations(E); | 
 |   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     CheckForIntOverflow(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, | 
 |                                        FieldDecl *BitField, | 
 |                                        Expr *Init) { | 
 |   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given | 
 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This | 
 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the | 
 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function | 
 | /// parameters are complete. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *P, | 
 |                                     ParmVarDecl *const *PEnd, | 
 |                                     bool CheckParameterNames) { | 
 |   bool HasInvalidParm = false; | 
 |   for (; P != PEnd; ++P) { | 
 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = *P; | 
 |      | 
 |     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a | 
 |     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of | 
 |     // that function shall not have incomplete type. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. | 
 |     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), | 
 |                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
 |       Param->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       HasInvalidParm = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the | 
 |     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. | 
 |     if (CheckParameterNames && | 
 |         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr && | 
 |         !Param->isImplicit() && | 
 |         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C99 6.7.5.3p12: | 
 |     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that | 
 |     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*] | 
 |     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify | 
 |     //   variable length array types. | 
 |     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType(); | 
 |     while (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) { | 
 |       if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) { | 
 |         // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location | 
 |         // information is added for it. | 
 |         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       PType= AT->getElementType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a | 
 |     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the | 
 |     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check | 
 |     // on the dtor. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo() | 
 |                                        .getCXXABI() | 
 |                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) { | 
 |       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
 |           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 |           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() && | 
 |               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) { | 
 |             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl); | 
 |             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor); | 
 |             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation()); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return HasInvalidParm; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a | 
 | /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements. | 
 | void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) { | 
 |   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every | 
 |   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default). | 
 |   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ignore dependent types. | 
 |   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Require that the destination be a pointer type. | 
 |   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>(); | 
 |   if (!DestPtr) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done. | 
 |   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return; | 
 |   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee); | 
 |   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Require that the source be a pointer type. | 
 |   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | 
 |   if (!SrcPtr) return; | 
 |   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly | 
 |   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1. | 
 |   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly | 
 |   // includes 'void'. | 
 |   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee); | 
 |   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align) | 
 |     << Op->getType() << T | 
 |     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity()) | 
 |     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity()) | 
 |     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) { | 
 |   const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |   if (EltType->isAnyPointerType()) | 
 |     return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |   else if (EltType->isArrayType()) | 
 |     return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); | 
 |   return EltType; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded | 
 | /// array member of a struct. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are | 
 | /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code. | 
 | static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size, | 
 |                                     const NamedDecl *ND) { | 
 |   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND); | 
 |   if (!FD) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument | 
 |   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays. | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); | 
 |   while (TInfo) { | 
 |     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc(); | 
 |     // Look through typedefs. | 
 |     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { | 
 |       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl(); | 
 |       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) { | 
 |       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr()); | 
 |       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); | 
 |   if (!RD) return false; | 
 |   if (RD->isUnion()) return false; | 
 |   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | 
 |     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if this is the last field decl in the record. | 
 |   const Decl *D = FD; | 
 |   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext())) | 
 |     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, | 
 |                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE, | 
 |                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) { | 
 |   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr); | 
 |   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy = | 
 |     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType()); | 
 |   if (!ArrayTy) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt index; | 
 |   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   if (IndexNegated) | 
 |     index = -index; | 
 |  | 
 |   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr; | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) | 
 |     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | 
 |   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr)) | 
 |     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) { | 
 |     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize(); | 
 |     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr); | 
 |     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) { | 
 |       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size | 
 |       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType); | 
 |       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType); | 
 |       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void* | 
 |       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1; | 
 |       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) { | 
 |         // There's a cast to a different size type involved | 
 |         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize; | 
 |         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a | 
 |         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize | 
 |         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize) | 
 |           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth()) | 
 |       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth()); | 
 |     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth()) | 
 |       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer | 
 |     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since | 
 |     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and | 
 |     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops. | 
 |     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some | 
 |     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89 | 
 |     // code. | 
 |     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the | 
 |     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions | 
 |     // within a system header. | 
 |     if (ASE) { | 
 |       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc( | 
 |           ASE->getRBracketLoc()); | 
 |       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) { | 
 |         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc( | 
 |             IndexExpr->getLocStart()); | 
 |         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc)) | 
 |           return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds; | 
 |     if (ASE) | 
 |       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds; | 
 |  | 
 |     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, | 
 |                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true) | 
 |                           << size.toString(10, true) | 
 |                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U) | 
 |                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds; | 
 |     if (!ASE) { | 
 |       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds; | 
 |       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, | 
 |                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true) | 
 |                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!ND) { | 
 |     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note. | 
 |     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = | 
 |            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr)) | 
 |       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr)) | 
 |       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | 
 |     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr)) | 
 |       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ND) | 
 |     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr, | 
 |                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds) | 
 |                           << ND->getDeclName()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) { | 
 |   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0; | 
 |   while (expr) { | 
 |     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | 
 |         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr); | 
 |         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE, | 
 |                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators | 
 |         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr); | 
 |         expr = UO->getSubExpr(); | 
 |         switch (UO->getOpcode()) { | 
 |           case UO_AddrOf: | 
 |             AllowOnePastEnd++; | 
 |             break; | 
 |           case UO_Deref: | 
 |             AllowOnePastEnd--; | 
 |             break; | 
 |           default: | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr); | 
 |         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS()) | 
 |           CheckArrayAccess(lhs); | 
 |         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS()) | 
 |           CheckArrayAccess(rhs); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       default: | 
 |         return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   struct RetainCycleOwner { | 
 |     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {} | 
 |     VarDecl *Variable; | 
 |     SourceRange Range; | 
 |     SourceLocation Loc; | 
 |     bool Indirect; | 
 |  | 
 |     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) { | 
 |       Loc = e->getExprLoc(); | 
 |       Range = e->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to | 
 | /// a retain cycle. | 
 | static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { | 
 |   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong | 
 |   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is | 
 |   // __block and has an appropriate type. | 
 |   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   owner.Variable = var; | 
 |   if (ref) | 
 |     owner.setLocsFrom(ref); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { | 
 |   while (true) { | 
 |     e = e->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) { | 
 |       switch (cast->getCastKind()) { | 
 |       case CK_BitCast: | 
 |       case CK_LValueBitCast: | 
 |       case CK_LValueToRValue: | 
 |       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject: | 
 |         e = cast->getSubExpr(); | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       default: | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) { | 
 |       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base. | 
 |       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref); | 
 |       owner.Indirect = true; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) { | 
 |       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl()); | 
 |       if (!var) return false; | 
 |       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) { | 
 |       if (member->isArrow()) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership. | 
 |       e = member->getBase(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) { | 
 |       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references. | 
 |       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre | 
 |         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm() | 
 |                                               ->IgnoreParens()); | 
 |       if (!pre) return false; | 
 |       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false; | 
 |       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty(); | 
 |       if (!property->isRetaining() && | 
 |           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() && | 
 |             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType() | 
 |               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       owner.Indirect = true; | 
 |       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) { | 
 |         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl(); | 
 |         if (!owner.Variable) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation(); | 
 |         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase()) | 
 |                               ->getSourceExpr()); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Array ivars? | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> { | 
 |     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable) | 
 |       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context), | 
 |         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr), | 
 |         VarWillBeReased(false) {} | 
 |     ASTContext &Context; | 
 |     VarDecl *Variable; | 
 |     Expr *Capturer; | 
 |     bool VarWillBeReased; | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) { | 
 |       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer) | 
 |         Capturer = ref; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) { | 
 |       if (Capturer) return; | 
 |       Visit(ref->getBase()); | 
 |       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar()) | 
 |         Capturer = ref; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) { | 
 |       // Look inside nested blocks  | 
 |       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable)) | 
 |         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody()); | 
 |     } | 
 |      | 
 |     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) { | 
 |       if (Capturer) return; | 
 |       if (OVE->getSourceExpr()) | 
 |         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) { | 
 |       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign) | 
 |         return; | 
 |       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS(); | 
 |       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) { | 
 |         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable) | 
 |           return; | 
 |         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) { | 
 |           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |           llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 |           VarWillBeReased = | 
 |             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a | 
 | /// variable. | 
 | static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) { | 
 |   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid()); | 
 |  | 
 |   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}). | 
 |   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) { | 
 |     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector(); | 
 |     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") { | 
 |       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver(); | 
 |       if (!e) | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) { | 
 |     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) { | 
 |       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl()); | 
 |       if (Fn) { | 
 |         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier(); | 
 |         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) { | 
 |           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e); | 
 |   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable)) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable); | 
 |   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody()); | 
 |   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer, | 
 |                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) { | 
 |   assert(capturer); | 
 |   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid()); | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle) | 
 |     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner) | 
 |     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or | 
 | /// 'set'. | 
 | static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) { | 
 |   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0); | 
 |   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1); | 
 |   if (str.startswith("set")) | 
 |     str = str.substr(3); | 
 |   else if (str.startswith("add")) { | 
 |     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'. | 
 |     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock")) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     str = str.substr(3); | 
 |   } | 
 |   else | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (str.empty()) return true; | 
 |   return !isLowercase(str.front()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle. | 
 | void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) { | 
 |   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter. | 
 |   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by. | 
 |   RetainCycleOwner owner; | 
 |   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) { | 
 |     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance); | 
 |     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl(); | 
 |     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc(); | 
 |     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments. | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) | 
 |     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner)) | 
 |       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle. | 
 | void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) { | 
 |   RetainCycleOwner owner; | 
 |   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner)) | 
 |     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) { | 
 |   RetainCycleOwner Owner; | 
 |   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |    | 
 |   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the | 
 |   // location explicitly here. | 
 |   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation(); | 
 |   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange(); | 
 |    | 
 |   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner)) | 
 |     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) { | 
 |   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get | 
 |   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly | 
 |   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die. | 
 |   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in | 
 |   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1). | 
 |   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS); | 
 |   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign) | 
 |     << (unsigned) Kind | 
 |     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1) | 
 |     << RHS->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT, | 
 |                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) { | 
 |   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific. | 
 |   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) { | 
 |     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) { | 
 |       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign) | 
 |         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | 
 |         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1) | 
 |         << RHS->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     RHS = cast->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && | 
 |       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) { | 
 |   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { | 
 |   QualType LHSType; | 
 |   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from | 
 |   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType. | 
 |   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE | 
 |     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens()); | 
 |   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) { | 
 |     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty(); | 
 |     if (PD) | 
 |       LHSType = PD->getType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |    | 
 |   if (LHSType.isNull()) | 
 |     LHSType = LHS->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | 
 |     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc)) | 
 |       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME. Check for other life times. | 
 |   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None) | 
 |     return; | 
 |    | 
 |   if (PRE) { | 
 |     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty(); | 
 |     if (!PD) | 
 |       return; | 
 |      | 
 |     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes(); | 
 |     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) { | 
 |       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified | 
 |       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself | 
 |       // for lifetime info. | 
 |       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten(); | 
 |       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) && | 
 |           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |          | 
 |       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) { | 
 |         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) { | 
 |           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign) | 
 |           << RHS->getSourceRange(); | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |         RHS = cast->getSubExpr(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) { | 
 |       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true)) | 
 |         return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr, | 
 |                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc, | 
 |                                  const NullStmt *Body) { | 
 |   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g: | 
 |   // | 
 |   // #define CALL(x) | 
 |   // if (condition) | 
 |   //   CALL(0); | 
 |   // | 
 |   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Get line numbers of statement and body. | 
 |   bool StmtLineInvalid; | 
 |   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc, | 
 |                                                       &StmtLineInvalid); | 
 |   if (StmtLineInvalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool BodyLineInvalid; | 
 |   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(), | 
 |                                                       &BodyLineInvalid); | 
 |   if (BodyLineInvalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line. | 
 |   if (StmtLine != BodyLine) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 | } // Unnamed namespace | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, | 
 |                                  const Stmt *Body, | 
 |                                  unsigned DiagID) { | 
 |   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template | 
 |   // instantiations, this just adds noise. | 
 |   if (CurrentInstantiationScope) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The body should be a null statement. | 
 |   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body); | 
 |   if (!NBody) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Do the usual checks. | 
 |   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID); | 
 |   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, | 
 |                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) { | 
 |   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller | 
 |  | 
 |   SourceLocation StmtLoc; | 
 |   const Stmt *Body; | 
 |   unsigned DiagID; | 
 |   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) { | 
 |     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc(); | 
 |     Body = FS->getBody(); | 
 |     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body; | 
 |   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) { | 
 |     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd(); | 
 |     Body = WS->getBody(); | 
 |     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body; | 
 |   } else | 
 |     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'. | 
 |  | 
 |   // The body should be a null statement. | 
 |   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body); | 
 |   if (!NBody) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled. | 
 |   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Do the usual checks. | 
 |   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep | 
 |   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a | 
 |   // CompoundStmt, e.g.: | 
 |   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++); | 
 |   //    { | 
 |   //      a(i); | 
 |   //    } | 
 |   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation | 
 |   // than for/while itself: | 
 |   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++); | 
 |   //      a(i); | 
 |   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody); | 
 |   if (!ProbableTypo) { | 
 |     bool BodyColInvalid; | 
 |     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber( | 
 |                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(), | 
 |                              &BodyColInvalid); | 
 |     if (BodyColInvalid) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool StmtColInvalid; | 
 |     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber( | 
 |                              S->getLocStart(), | 
 |                              &StmtColInvalid); | 
 |     if (StmtColInvalid) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (BodyCol > StmtCol) | 
 |       ProbableTypo = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ProbableTypo) { | 
 |     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID); | 
 |     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2); | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible. | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) { | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8: | 
 |   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same | 
 |   // underlying type. | 
 |   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() && | 
 |          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible. | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) { | 
 |   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Field1->isBitField()) { | 
 |     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length. | 
 |     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C); | 
 |     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Bits1 != Bits2) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible. | 
 | /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17) | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C, | 
 |                               RecordDecl *RD1, | 
 |                               RecordDecl *RD2) { | 
 |   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match. | 
 |   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) { | 
 |     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode, | 
 |     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too. | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2); | 
 |     // Check number of base classes. | 
 |     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check the base classes. | 
 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator | 
 |                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(), | 
 |            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(), | 
 |               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin(); | 
 |          Base1 != BaseEnd1; | 
 |          ++Base1, ++Base2) { | 
 |       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) { | 
 |     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes. | 
 |     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the fields. | 
 |   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(), | 
 |                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(), | 
 |                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(), | 
 |                              Field1End = RD1->field_end(); | 
 |   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) { | 
 |     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible. | 
 | /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18) | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C, | 
 |                              RecordDecl *RD1, | 
 |                              RecordDecl *RD2) { | 
 |   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields; | 
 |   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields()) | 
 |     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) { | 
 |     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator | 
 |         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(), | 
 |         E = UnmatchedFields.end(); | 
 |  | 
 |     for ( ; I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) { | 
 |         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I); | 
 |         (void) Result; | 
 |         assert(Result); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (I == E) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return UnmatchedFields.empty(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) { | 
 |   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RD1->isUnion()) | 
 |     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2); | 
 |   else | 
 |     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense. | 
 | bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) { | 
 |   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [basic.types] p11: | 
 |   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are | 
 |   // layout-compatible types. | 
 |   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass(); | 
 |   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (TC1 != TC2) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) { | 
 |     return isLayoutCompatible(C, | 
 |                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(), | 
 |                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl()); | 
 |   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) { | 
 |     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return isLayoutCompatible(C, | 
 |                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(), | 
 |                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value. | 
 | bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) { | 
 |   while(true) { | 
 |     if (!TypeExpr) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr); | 
 |       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) { | 
 |         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr(); | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: { | 
 |       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr); | 
 |       *VD = DRE->getDecl(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: { | 
 |       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr); | 
 |       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue(); | 
 |       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) { | 
 |         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue(); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } else | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: | 
 |     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO = | 
 |           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr); | 
 |       bool Result; | 
 |       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) { | 
 |         if (Result) | 
 |           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr(); | 
 |         else | 
 |           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr(); | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr); | 
 |       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | 
 |         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS(); | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong | 
 | ///        kind. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found. | 
 | bool GetMatchingCType( | 
 |         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, | 
 |         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, | 
 |                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues, | 
 |         bool &FoundWrongKind, | 
 |         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) { | 
 |   FoundWrongKind = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute. | 
 |   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   uint64_t MagicValue; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VD) { | 
 |     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { | 
 |       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) { | 
 |         FoundWrongKind = true; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType(); | 
 |       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible(); | 
 |       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!MagicValues) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, | 
 |                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I = | 
 |       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue)); | 
 |   if (I == MagicValues->end()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeInfo = I->second; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 | } // unnamed namespace | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, | 
 |                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, | 
 |                                       bool LayoutCompatible, | 
 |                                       bool MustBeNull) { | 
 |   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues) | 
 |     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset( | 
 |         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>); | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue); | 
 |   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] = | 
 |       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) { | 
 |   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | 
 |   if (!BT1) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | 
 |   if (!BT2) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind(); | 
 |   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) || | 
 |          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) || | 
 |          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) || | 
 |          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar); | 
 | } | 
 | } // unnamed namespace | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, | 
 |                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) { | 
 |   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind(); | 
 |   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()]; | 
 |   bool FoundWrongKind; | 
 |   TypeTagData TypeInfo; | 
 |   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context, | 
 |                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(), | 
 |                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) { | 
 |     if (FoundWrongKind) | 
 |       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(), | 
 |            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind) | 
 |         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()]; | 
 |   if (IsPointerAttr) { | 
 |     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument). | 
 |     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr)) | 
 |       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() && | 
 |           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast) | 
 |         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning. | 
 |   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) { | 
 |     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer. | 
 |     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | 
 |                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { | 
 |       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), | 
 |            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required) | 
 |           << ArgumentKind->getName() | 
 |           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange() | 
 |           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type; | 
 |   if (IsPointerAttr) | 
 |     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool mismatch = false; | 
 |   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) { | 
 |     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1: | 
 |     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned | 
 |     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode. | 
 |     if (mismatch) | 
 |       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(), | 
 |                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) || | 
 |           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType))) | 
 |         mismatch = false; | 
 |   } else | 
 |     if (IsPointerAttr) | 
 |       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, | 
 |                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(), | 
 |                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType()); | 
 |     else | 
 |       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (mismatch) | 
 |     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch) | 
 |         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind | 
 |         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType | 
 |         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange() | 
 |         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 | } | 
 |  |